QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 13, 2006

Registration No. 333-129656



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549


Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


LIQUIDITY SERVICES, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  7389
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  52-2209244
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)


2131 K Street, N.W.
4th Floor
Washington, D.C. 20037
(202) 467-6868
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive office)


William P. Angrick, III
Chief Executive Officer
Liquidity Services, Inc.
2131 K Street, N.W.
4th Floor
Washington, D.C. 20037
(202) 467-6868
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)





Copies to:
Michael C. Williams
Joseph E. Gilligan
Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.
555 Thirteenth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004-1109
(202) 637-5600
  John J. Kelley III
Andrew C. Lynch
King & Spalding LLP
1700 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006-4706
(202) 737-0500

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.    o

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o                      

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o                      

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o                      

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.    o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of each class of
securities to be registered

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price (1)

  Amount of
registration fee


Common Stock, $.001 par value per share   $90,000,000   $10,557(2)

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2)
Of this amount, $10,152 was previously paid.


        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Subject to completion, dated January 13, 2006.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS

7,687,362 Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock


We are offering for sale 5,000,000 shares of our common stock. The selling stockholders included in this prospectus are offering an additional 2,687,362 shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares.

We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $9.00 and $11.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "LQDT."

Investing in our common stock involves risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11.


 
  Per Share
  Total
Public offering price   $     $  
Underwriting discounts and commissions   $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to Liquidity Services, Inc.   $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders   $     $  

Certain of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 1,153,104 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                        , 2006.

FRIEDMAN BILLINGS RAMSEY   RBC CAPITAL MARKETS

CIBC WORLD MARKETS   PACIFIC CREST SECURITIES

Prospectus dated                         , 2006.


GRAPHIC



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prospectus Summary   1
Risk Factors   11
Forward-Looking Statements   26
Use of Proceeds   27
Dividend Policy   27
Cash and Capitalization   28
Dilution   29
Selected Consolidated Financial Data   31
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   35
Business   57
Management   72
Relationships and Related Transactions   84

Principal Stockholders and Selling Stockholders

 

85
Description of Capital Stock   88
Shares Eligible for Future Sales   92
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock   95
Underwriting   99
Legal Matters   102
Experts   102
Where You Can Find Additional Information   102
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-1


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        The following is a brief summary of selected contents of this prospectus. It does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed under the caption "Risk Factors" before making an investment decision.

Overview

        We are a leading online auction marketplace for wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. Our marketplaces provide professional buyers access to a global supply of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets organized into over 500 categories and presented with product information necessary to make more informed bids, including digital images, detailed descriptions and extensive technical information. We enable our corporate and government sellers to enhance their financial returns from the sale of excess assets by providing a liquid marketplace and integrated value-added services, including sales and marketing, logistics and transaction settlement. Our online auction marketplaces are www.liquidation.com, www.govliquidation.com and www.uksurplus.com. We also operate a wholesale industry portal, www.goWholesale.com, that connects advertisers with buyers seeking products for sale and business services.

        We believe our ability to create liquid marketplaces for wholesale, surplus and salvage assets generates a continuous flow of goods from our corporate and government sellers and that this flow of goods attracts an increasing number of professional buyers to our marketplaces. During the year ended September 30, 2005, the number of our registered buyers grew from approximately 264,000 to approximately 386,000, and during the past three fiscal years, we have conducted over 436,000 online transactions generating approximately $264 million in gross merchandise volume. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, we generated revenue of $89.4 million. Our revenue has grown at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 26% since fiscal year 2002, and we have been profitable and have had positive cash flow from operations since fiscal year 2002.

Industry Overview

        We believe many manufacturers, retailers, corporations and government agencies focus on the procurement of new goods for initial use or resale but not on the disposal, liquidation and tracking of goods in the reverse supply chain, such as retail customer returns, overstock products and end-of-life goods. We believe that the volume of goods in this reverse supply chain is continuing to increase, driven by accelerating product innovation, supply chain complexity, government regulations and the return policies of national and online retailers. According to D.F. Blumberg Associates, Inc., a research and consulting firm, the estimated reverse logistics market in North America will grow from approximately $38.5 billion in 2004 to over $63.1 billion in 2008. In an effort to streamline and improve the efficiency of their disposition activities for surplus and end-of-life assets, federal and state governments have made significant progress toward outsourcing these functions. Similarly, we believe corporations continue to realize that their current supply chain infrastructure is not well suited to cost effectively handle the sale of surplus, salvage, returned and overstocked merchandise.

        Traditional methods of wholesale, surplus and salvage asset disposition, such as live on-site auctions and negotiated direct sales, are generally highly fragmented and limited in geographic reach. As a result, buyers are often unaware of or unable to participate in these events, which reduces buyer competition and the ultimate value a seller realizes from a sale. We believe the Internet provides professional buyers of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets with a more effective and efficient means to identify and source goods available for immediate purchase.

1



Our Solution

        Our solution is comprised of our online auction marketplaces, value-added services and our wholesale search and advertising portal. Our three online marketplaces serve as a transparent and convenient method for the sale of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets and are designed to address the particular requirements of the sellers and professional buyers we serve. Sellers and buyers come together to transact for goods sold "as-is, where-is," generally without the discretionary right to return the goods. We organize our products into categories across major industry verticals such as consumer electronics, general merchandise, apparel, scientific equipment, aerospace parts and equipment, technology hardware, and specialty equipment and sell these products in lot sizes ranging from full truck loads to pallets, packages and large individual items.

        Our comprehensive solution includes value-added services that simplify the sale process for sellers and enhances the utility of our marketplaces for our buyers. Unlike other online auction websites on which sellers post information and deal directly with the buyer to complete a sale, we manage each step of the transaction. We perform all required pre-sale services such as receiving and lotting merchandise and implementing marketing strategies. In a centralized location, our buyers are provided access to detailed product descriptions, digital images, seller transaction histories, shipping weights and dimensions and estimated shipping costs. After a transaction is executed, we also perform all required post-sale services such as payment collection, settlement and reporting. We believe these value-added services significantly contribute to an enhanced selling price while providing buyers with a secure transaction environment and confidence in the goods they purchase.

        We believe our marketplaces benefit over time from greater scale and adoption by our constituents. Aggregating buyer demand enables us to generate a continuous flow of goods from corporate and government sellers, which in turn attracts an increasing number of professional buyers. As buyers continue to discover and use our online trading platform as an effective method to source assets, we believe our marketplaces become an increasingly attractive sales channel for corporations and government agencies. We believe this self-reinforcing cycle results in greater transaction volume and enhances the value of our marketplaces.

        In addition to our marketplaces, our wholesale industry portal, www.goWholesale.com, provides a single online destination for buyers to find wholesale products, suppliers and services. We developed this portal to provide advertisers with the ability to reach our growing network of professional buyers.

2



Our Benefits to Sellers and Buyers

        We offer the following key benefits to sellers and buyers:

Benefits to Sellers
  Benefits to Buyers
  Access to a broad, aggregated buyer audience enhances value realized on the sale of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets     Marketplaces provide access to a continuous flow of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets


 

Comprehensive service offerings allow sellers the ability to fully outsource reverse supply chain activities

 


 

Complete product search capabilities with search criteria including keyword, category, lot size, condition and location improve information availability


 

Profit-sharing arrangements align our interests with those of our sellers

 


 

Intelligent alerts delivered through email provide buyers with notice of upcoming auctions of interest


 

Online auction environment and liquid marketplaces allow sellers to sell goods in any condition for cash

 


 

Superior product information, including digital images, detailed descriptions with shipping dimensions and extensive technical information, enables more informed bidding


 

Faster cycle times and greater flexibility than traditional auction methods improve seller recovery on asset sales

 


 

Shipping quotes and services assure buyers can both estimate the cost of delivery in advance of a bid and have the goods delivered


 

Discrete venue to sell surplus and salvage assets preserves brand value and mitigates channel conflict

 


 

Secure settlement and dispute resolution assure the delivery of goods and provide a means to resolve problems


 

Transaction platform provides transparent reporting capabilities

 


 

Tracking and reporting tools provide buyers real time transaction information

Our Growth Strategy

        Our objective is to build upon our position as a leading online auction marketplace for selling wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. The key elements of our strategy are:

        Grow our buyer base and increase the total number of auction participants.    We intend to increase the level of bidding activity and competition within each auction by growing our database of professional buyers and implementing an increased variety of both online and traditional marketing programs to increase buyer participation in our online marketplaces.

        Increase penetration of existing sellers.    We intend to increase our sales by further penetrating our existing seller relationships to manage and sell an increased share of their available supply of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets.

        Develop new seller relationships.    We intend to increase our number of corporate and government seller relationships by leveraging our demonstrated performance record and expanded sales and marketing initiative.

        Develop and enhance features and services.    We intend to utilize the insights gained from our completed auctions to develop and enhance features and services that benefit our buyers and sellers.

3



        Expand our wholesale industry portal and advertising network.    We intend to further expand our advertising network and develop products that enable wholesale buyers and sellers to more quickly and easily find, create and organize relevant industry information.

        Acquire complementary businesses.    We intend to continue our disciplined and targeted acquisition strategy to increase our share of the supply of wholesale, surplus and salvage goods sold by selectively acquiring complementary businesses.

Our Government Contracts

        We are the exclusive contractor of the Defense Reutilization and Marketing Service, or DRMS, for the sale of surplus and scrap assets of the United States Department of Defense, or DoD, in the United States. In June 2001, we were awarded a competitive-bid exclusive contract under which we acquire, manage and sell all usable surplus property of DoD turned into DRMS. This contract expires in 2008 and accounted for 95.8%, 91.0% and 87.5% of our revenue and for 80.5%, 77.5% and 76.5% of our gross merchandise volume for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Total revenue under our DoD surplus property contract has increased at a compound annual growth rate in excess of 21% since fiscal year 2002. In June 2005, we were awarded a competitive-bid exclusive contract under which we acquire, manage and sell substantially all scrap property of DoD turned into DRMS. This contract expires in 2012, subject to DoD's right to extend for three additional one-year terms, and accounted for less than 1% of our revenue in fiscal year 2005.

Risks Associated with Our Business

        We are subject to a number of risks, which you should be aware of before you decide to buy our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus beginning on page 11. We depend on contracts with the DoD for a significant portion of our revenue, as described above. If our DoD contracts are terminated or if our relationship with DoD is impaired, we could experience a significant decrease in our revenue and have difficulty generating income. In addition, our ability to increase our revenue and maintain profitability depends on whether we can successfully expand the supply of merchandise available for sale on our online marketplaces and attract and retain active professional buyers to purchase the merchandise. We operate in a highly competitive, rapidly growing online services market for auctioning or liquidating wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. We may not be able to obtain merchandise that meets our buyer's price or selection requirements, which may cause our buyer base to decline or not grow as rapidly as we expect.

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in Delaware in November 1999 as Liquidation.com, Inc. and commenced operations in January 2000. We were renamed Liquidity Services, Inc. in November 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 2131 K Street N.W., 4th Floor, Washington D.C. 20037, and our telephone number is (202) 467-6868. Our corporate website is located at www.liquidityservicesinc.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the terms "Liquidity Services, Inc.," "LSI," the "company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Liquidity Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

        All references to years in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted, refer to our fiscal years, which end on September 30. For example, a reference to "2005" or "fiscal year 2005" means that 12-month period that ended September 30, 2005.

4



The Offering

Common stock offered by us   5,000,000 shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

2,687,362 shares

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering

 

27,288,614 shares

Use of proceeds

 

Our net proceeds from this offering after deducting estimated expenses will be approximately $44.4 million.

 

 

We will use these net proceeds for the repayment of $4.4 million of our indebtedness, working capital, general corporate purposes and possible future acquisitions. As of the date of this prospectus, we have no arrangements, agreements or commitments for acquisitions of any businesses, products or technologies, and we can give no assurance that we will be able to consummate any acquisitions or strategic investments or that if consummated such acquisitions or investments would be on terms that are favorable to us.

 

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol

 

"LQDT"

        The share information in the table above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2005 and excludes:

        Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:

5



Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2005, are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements that have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and that are included in this prospectus.

 
  Year ended September 30,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:                    
Revenue   $ 60,719   $ 75,869   $ 89,415  
Costs and expenses:                    
  Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization)     4,481     5,743     6,288  
  Profit-sharing distributions     30,427     39,718     48,952  
  Technology and operations     10,358     12,814     14,696  
  Sales and marketing     3,798     4,586     5,503  
  General and administrative     5,810     6,046     7,397  
  Amortization of contract intangibles     1,862         135  
  Depreciation and amortization     465     531     586  
   
 
 
 
    Total costs and expenses     57,201     69,438     83,557  
   
 
 
 
Income from operations     3,518     6,431     5,858  
Interest expense and other income, net     (391 )   (621 )   (570 )
   
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes     3,127     5,810     5,288  
Provision for income taxes     (351 )   (541 )   (1,166 )
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 2,776   $ 5,269   $ 4,122  
   
 
 
 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.19

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.22

 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding     14,428,121     16,865,313     19,037,418  

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.18

 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     15,930,840     17,597,391     22,571,985  

Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
EBITDA(1)   $ 5,845   $ 6,962   $ 6,579  
Adjusted EBITDA(1)     3,750     6,115     6,666  
Adjusted profit-sharing distributions(2)     32,522     40,650     48,952  
Adjusted net income(2)   $ 681   $ 4,337   $ 4,122  

Supplemental Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Gross merchandise volume (3)   $ 72,305   $ 89,104   $ 102,210  
Completed transactions(4)     123,000     141,000     173,000  
Total registered buyers(5)     150,000     264,000     386,000  
Total auction participants(6)     552,000     671,000     848,000  

6


        The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to the conversion of our outstanding Series C preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering as if such conversion had taken place on September 30, 2005. The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (1) our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public price of $10.00 per share which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (2) the repayment of $4.4 million of our indebtedness and (3) the termination of a redemption feature related to our redeemable common stock upon the closing of this offering.

 
  As of September 30, 2005
 
  Actual
  Pro forma
  Pro forma
as adjusted

 
  (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:                  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 10,378   $ 10,378   $ 50,378
Working capital(7)     4,154     4,154     44,154
Total assets     26,013     26,013     66,013
Total liabilities     14,596     14,596     10,196
Redeemable common stock(8)     474     474    
Series C preferred stock     3        
Common stock     19     22     27
Total stockholders' equity     10,943     10,943     55,817

(1)
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures. GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. EBITDA is equal to net income (loss) plus (a) interest expense and other income; (b) provision for income taxes; (c) amortization of contract intangibles; and (d) depreciation and amortization. Our definition of adjusted EBITDA is different from EBITDA because we further adjust EBITDA for: (a) stock based compensation expense; and (b) a portion of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payments, as described below under footnote 2. For a description of our use of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to net income (loss), see the discussion and related table below.

(2)
In June 2001, we acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of SurplusBid.com, Inc. and its affiliates for $7.5 million, including SurplusBid.com's surplus contract with the DoD. The SurplusBid.com acquisition price was paid over 33 months in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement. At the same time, we were awarded our current surplus contract with the DoD. Our surplus contract required monthly profit-sharing distributions under the contract to be reduced by the amount of the monthly SurplusBid.com acquisition payments. This resulted in a temporary non-recurring reduction in our profit-sharing distributions and a significant increase in our net income during the 33 month period from June 2001 to March 2004. The total amount of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payment was recorded as a note payable in our consolidated balance sheet in fiscal 2001, discounted to a present value of approximately $6.5 million. The discount of approximately $1 million was accreted as interest expense over the term of the acquisition payments.


As a result, we present two supplemental non-GAAP financial measures, adjusted profit-sharing distributions and adjusted net income, to eliminate the impact of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payments. These measures are prepared by increasing the profit-sharing distributions line item in our statements of operations by DoD's portion of the principal payments on the SurplusBid.com note payable made during each period (i.e., approximately 80% of the principal payments). We do not add back the accreted interest portion of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payments when

7



The table below reconciles profit-sharing distributions and net income to such item's adjusted presentation for the periods presented.

 
  Year ended September 30,
 
  2003
  2004
  2005(a)
 
  (in thousands)

Profit-sharing distributions   $ 30,427   $ 39,718   $ 48,952
Adjustment     2,095     932    
   
 
 
Adjusted profit-sharing distributions   $ 32,522   $ 40,650   $ 48,952
   
 
 

Net income

 

$

2,776

 

$

5,269

 

$

4,122
Adjustment     (2,095 )   (932 )  
   
 
 
Adjusted net income   $ 681   $ 4,337   $ 4,122
   
 
 

(3)
Gross merchandise volume is the total sales value of all merchandise sold through our marketplaces during a given period.

(4)
Completed transactions represents the number of auctions in a given period from which we have recorded revenue.

(5)
Total registered buyers as of a given date represents the aggregate number of persons or entities who have registered on one of our marketplaces.

(6)
For each auction we manage, the number of auction participants represents the total number of registered buyers who have bid one or more times on that auction, and total auction participants for a given period is the sum of the auction participants in each auction conducted during that period.

(7)
Working capital is defined as current assets minus current liabilities.

(8)
Upon the consummation of this offering and the resulting repayment of our $2.0 million subordinated note, the redemption feature related to these shares of common stock will terminate. As a result, the pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet takes into account the termination of this redemption feature, the decrease in the value recorded by us for redeemable common stock.

        We believe EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are useful to an investor in evaluating our performance for the following reasons:

8


        Our management uses EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA:

        EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as calculated by us are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. In addition, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA: (a) do not represent net income or cash flows from operating activities as defined by GAAP; (b) are not

9



necessarily indicative of cash available to fund our cash flow needs; and (c) should not be considered as alternatives to net income, income from operations, cash provided by operating activities or our other financial information as determined under GAAP.

        We prepare adjusted EBITDA by adjusting EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. As an analytical tool, adjusted EBITDA is subject to all of the limitations applicable to EBITDA. Our presentation of adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an implication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

        The table below reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented.

 
  Year ended September 30,
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
  (in thousands)

Net income   $ 2,776   $ 5,269   $ 4,122
Interest expense and other income, net     391     621     570
Provision for income taxes     351     541     1,166
Amortization of contract intangibles     1,862         135
Depreciation and amortization     465     531     586
   
 
 
EBITDA     5,845     6,962     6,579
Stock compensation expense         85     87
Adjustment (1)     (2,095 )   (932 )  
   
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 3,750   $ 6,115   $ 6,666
   
 
 

(1)
The adjustment amount for each period equals approximately 80% of the principal payments on the SurplusBid.com note payable made during each period, as described above in footnote 2. No payments were made in fiscal 2005.

10



RISK FACTORS

        This offering involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or operating results could suffer. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.


Risks Related to Our Business

We depend on contracts with the U.S. Department of Defense for a significant portion of our revenue, and if our relationship with this customer is disrupted, we would experience a significant decrease in revenue and have difficulty generating income.

        We have two material contracts with the Defense Reutilization and Marketing Service, or DRMS, under which we acquire, manage and sell surplus property of the U.S. Department of Defense, or DoD. The largest contract was awarded in June 2001 and relates to usable surplus property of the DoD turned into the DRMS and located in the United States, Puerto Rico and Guam, such as computers, electronics, office supplies, scientific and medical equipment, aircraft parts, clothing and textiles. The second contract was awarded in June 2005 and relates to substantially all scrap property of the DoD turned into the DRMS and located in the United States, such as metals, alloys and building materials. Our surplus contract accounted for approximately 95.8%, 91.0% and 87.5% of our revenue and 80.5%, 77.5% and 76.5% of our gross merchandise volume for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Our recently awarded scrap contract represented less than 1% of our revenue and our gross merchandise volume for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005. We believe that these contracts will continue to be the source of a significant portion of our revenue and gross merchandise volume during their terms. The surplus contract expires in June 2008. The scrap contract became operational in August 2005 and has a seven-year base term that expires in August 2012, subject to DoD's right to extend for three additional one-year terms. The contracts were awarded by DoD through a competitive bidding process, and we may be required to go through a new competitive bidding process when our existing contracts expire.

        Although our contracts with DoD do not allow DoD to terminate for convenience, each contract requires us to meet specified performance benchmarks. The contracts may be terminated by DoD if rate of return performance ratios do not exceed specified benchmark ratios for two consecutive quarterly periods and the preceding twelve months. We have never failed to meet the required benchmark ratio with respect to our surplus contract during any of the testing periods. The first testing period for the scrap contract will be the twelve month period ending on June 30, 2006. We cannot assure you that we will meet the performance benchmarks in the future. DoD also has the right, after giving us notice and a 30 day opportunity to cure, to terminate the contracts and seek other contract remedies in the event of material breaches.

        If our relationship with DoD is impaired, we are not awarded new DoD contracts when our current contracts expire, any of our DoD contracts are terminated or the supply of assets under the contracts significantly decreased, we would experience a significant decrease in revenue and have difficulty generating income.

11



The success of our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain a supply of merchandise for our buyers and to attract and retain active professional buyers to create sufficient demand for our sellers.

        Our ability to increase our revenue and maintain profitability depends on whether we can successfully expand the supply of merchandise available for sale on our online marketplaces and attract and retain active professional buyers to purchase the merchandise. Our ability to attract sufficient quantities of suitable merchandise and new buyers will depend on various factors, some of which are out of our control. These factors include our ability to:

We may not be able to compete successfully against existing or future competitors.

        The online services market for auctioning or liquidating wholesale, surplus and salvage assets is competitive and growing rapidly. We currently compete with:

        We expect our market to become even more competitive as traditional and online liquidators and auctioneers continue to develop online and offline services for disposition, redeployment and remarketing of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. In addition, manufacturers, retailers and additional government agencies may decide to create their own websites to sell their own wholesale, surplus and salvage assets and those of third parties. Competitive pressures could affect our ability to attract and retain customers, which could decrease our revenue and negatively affect our operating results.

        Some of our other current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, larger client bases, greater brand recognition and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. In addition, some of these competitors may be able to devote greater financial resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, secure merchandise from sellers on more favorable terms, adopt more aggressive pricing or inventory availability policies and devote substantially more resources to website and systems development than we are able to do. Increased competition may result in reduced operating margins and loss of market share. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

12



If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our operating results could be adversely affected.

        We have expanded our operations rapidly since our inception in 1999. In fiscal year 2005, we processed over 173,000 completed transactions, as compared to approximately 92,000 completed transactions in fiscal year 2002.

        Although we currently do not have specific plans for any expansion that would require significant capital investment, in the future we plan to expand our operations further by developing new or complementary services, products, or trading formats and enhancing the breadth and depth of our value-added services. We also plan to continue to expand our sales and marketing, technology and client support organizations. In addition, we will likely need to continue to improve our financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. If we are unable to effectively implement these plans and to otherwise manage our expanding operations, we may not be able to execute our business strategy and our operating results could significantly decrease.

Our business depends on the continued growth of the Internet and e-commerce.

        The business of selling merchandise over the Internet, particularly through online trading, is dynamic and relatively new. Growth in the use of the Internet as a medium for consumer commerce may not continue. Concerns about fraud and privacy, increased costs of Internet service, Internet service disruptions and other problems may discourage consumers from engaging in e-commerce. In particular, many traditional buyers and sellers of wholesale, surplus and salvage goods still conduct much of their business in traditional live auctions that do not occur on the Internet, and those buyers and sellers may be hesitant to engage in e-commerce. If the e-commerce industry fails to grow or traditional buyers and sellers of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets are unwilling to conduct business on the Internet, we may be unable to attract customers, which could cause our revenue and operating results to decline.

Because we have a limited operating history, it is difficult to evaluate our business and future operating results.

        We commenced operations in early 2000 and, as a result, have only a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Although we have experienced significant revenue growth in recent periods, we may not be able to sustain this growth. If we are not able to sustain this revenue growth, the value of your investment in our common stock may decline.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future, which could cause volatility in our stock price.

        Our prior operating results have fluctuated due to changes in our business and the e-commerce industry. Similarly, our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance. Factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include the following:

13



        Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods. If this occurs, even temporarily, it could cause volatility in our stock price.

Our operating results depend on our websites, network infrastructure and transaction processing systems. Service interruptions or system failures could negatively affect the demand for our services and our ability to grow our revenue.

        Any system interruptions that affect our websites or our transaction systems could impair the services that we provide to our sellers and buyers. In addition, our systems may be vulnerable to damage from a variety of other sources, including telecommunications failures, power outages, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Improving the reliability and redundancy of our systems may be expensive, reduce our margins and may not be successful in preventing system failures. Our services are also substantially dependent on systems provided by third parties, over whom we have little control. We have occasionally experienced interruptions to our services due to system failures unrelated to our own systems. Any interruptions or failures of our current systems or our ability to communicate with third party systems could negatively affect the demand for our services and our ability to grow our revenue.

If we do not respond to rapid technological changes or upgrade our systems, we could fail to grow our business and our revenue could decrease.

        To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of our e-commerce business. Although we currently do not have specific plans for any upgrades that would require significant capital investment, in the future we will need to improve and upgrade our technology, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure in order to allow our operations to grow in both size and scope. Without such improvements, our operations might suffer from unanticipated system disruptions, slow transaction processing, unreliable service levels, or impaired quality or delays in reporting accurate financial information, any of which could negatively affect our reputation and ability to attract and retain sellers and buyers. We may also face material delays in introducing new services, products and enhancements. The Internet and the e-commerce industry are rapidly changing. If competitors introduce new products and services using new technologies or if new industry standards and practices emerge, our existing websites and our proprietary technology and systems may become obsolete. In addition, the expansion and improvement of our systems and infrastructure may require us to commit substantial financial, operational and technical resources, with no assurance our business will increase. If we fail to respond to technological change or to adequately maintain, expand, upgrade and develop our systems and infrastructure in a timely fashion our ability to grow could be limited and our revenue could decrease.

14



Shipment of merchandise sold in our marketplaces could be delayed or disrupted by factors beyond our control and we could lose buyers and sellers as a result.

        We rely upon third party carriers such as United Parcel Services, or UPS, for timely delivery of our merchandise shipments. As a result, we are subject to carrier disruptions and increased costs due to factors that are beyond our control, including labor difficulties, inclement weather, terrorist activity and increased fuel costs. In addition, we do not have a long-term agreement with UPS or any other third party carriers, and we cannot be sure that our relationship with UPS will continue on terms favorable to us, if at all. If our relationship with UPS is terminated or impaired or if UPS is unable to deliver merchandise for us, we would be required to use alternative carriers for the shipment of products to our buyers. We may be unable to engage alternative carriers on a timely basis or on terms favorable to us, if at all. Potential adverse consequences include:

        Any failure to receive merchandise at our distribution centers or deliver products to our buyers in a timely and accurate manner could lead to client dissatisfaction and cause us to lose sellers and buyers.

A significant interruption in the operations of our customer service system or our distribution centers could harm our business and operating results.

        Our business depends, to a large degree, on effective customer service and distribution center operations. We currently manage DoD warehouse distribution space, for which we do not incur leasing costs as well as leased commercial warehouse distribution space. These operations could be harmed by several factors, including any material disruption or slowdown at our distribution centers resulting from labor disputes, changes in the terms of our underlying lease agreements or occupancy arrangements in the case of government provided facilities, telecommunications failures, power or service outages, human error, terrorist attacks, natural disasters or other events. In addition, space provided to us by DoD could be re-configured or reduced as a result of DoD's Base Relocation and Closure initiative or other infrastructure reduction initiatives. A disruption in our customer service and distribution operations could cause us to lose sellers and buyers, decrease our revenue and harm our operating results.

If our transaction models are not accepted by our clients or alternative transaction models are developed, we could lose clients and our revenue and our profitability could decline.

        Our services are offered to sellers using the following two primary transaction models:

        We also collect a buyer's premium on substantially all completed transactions and may engage in outright purchases of client inventory. It is possible that new transaction models that are not compatible with our business model or our marketplaces may be developed and gain widespread acceptance. Alternative transaction models could cause our revenue and margins to decline. In addition, if current and potential customers do not recognize the benefits of our transaction models,

15



activity in our marketplaces may decline or develop more slowly than we expect, which may limit our ability to grow our revenue or cause our revenue to decline.

If we fail to accurately predict our ability to sell merchandise in which we take inventory risk and credit risk, our margins may decline as a result of lower sale prices from such merchandise.

        Under our profit-sharing model, we purchase merchandise and assume the risk that the merchandise may sell for less than we paid for it. In addition, we occasionally engage in transactions with sellers in which we purchase merchandise without a profit-sharing component. In each case, we assume general and physical inventory and credit risk. These risks are especially significant because some of the goods we sell on our websites are characterized by rapid technological change, obsolescence and price erosion, and because we sometimes make large purchases of particular types of inventory. In addition, we do not receive warranties on the goods we purchase and, as a result, we have to resell or dispose of any returned goods. Historically, the number of disposed goods (which includes returned goods that we have not resold) has been less than 2% of the goods we have purchased.

        To manage our inventory successfully, we need to maintain sufficient buyer demand and sell merchandise for a reasonable financial return. We may miscalculate buyer demand and overpay for the acquired merchandise. In the event that merchandise is not attractive to our buyer base, we may be required to take significant losses resulting from lower sale prices, which could reduce our revenue and margins. Occasionally, we are not able to sell our inventory for amounts above its cost and we may incur a loss. As we grow our business, we may choose to increase the amount of merchandise we purchase directly from sellers, thus resulting in increased inventory levels and related risk. Any such increase would require the use of additional working capital and subject us to the additional risk of incurring losses on the sale of that inventory.

We may be unable to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, which could harm our reputation and negatively impact the growth of our business.

        We regard our intellectual property, particularly domain names, copyrights and trade secrets, as critical to our success. We rely on a combination of contractual restrictions and copyright and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary rights, know-how, information and technology. Despite these protections, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property without authorization or independently develop similar intellectual property.

        We currently are the registered owners of several Internet domain names, including www.liquidation.com, www.govliquidation.com, www.uksurplus.com and www.goWholesale.com. We pursue the registration of our domain names in the U.S. and internationally. We currently do not have any patents or registered copyrights, trademarks or service marks, but we may pursue patents or registration of such intellectual property in the future. Effective patent, copyright, trademark, service mark, trade secret and domain name protection is expensive to maintain and may require litigation. We seek to protect our domain names in an increasing number of jurisdictions and may not be successful in certain jurisdictions. Our competitors may adopt trade names or domain names similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to promote our marketplaces and possibly leading to client confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark or service mark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered or unregistered trademarks or service marks, including trademarks or service marks that may incorporate variations of our marketplace names. Any claims related to our intellectual property or client confusion related to our marketplaces could damage our reputation and negatively impact the growth of our business.

16



Our inability to use software licensed from third parties or our use of open source software under license terms that interfere with our proprietary rights could disrupt our business.

        We use software licensed from third parties, including some software, known as open source software, that we use without charge. We currently use the following open source software: Linux (an operating system), MySql (database software), PERL (an interpreter) and Apache (a web server), and we may in the future use additional open source software. In the future, these licenses to third party software may not be available on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Our inability to use third-party software could result in disruptions to our business, or delays in the development of future services or enhancements of existing services, which could impair our business. In addition, the terms of certain open source software licenses may require us to provide modified versions of the open source software, which we develop, if any, or any proprietary software that incorporates all or a portion of the open source software, if any, to others on unfavorable license terms that are consistent with the open source license term. If we are required to license our proprietary software in accordance with the foregoing, our competitors and other third parties could obtain access to our intellectual property, which could harm our business.

Assertions that we infringe on intellectual property rights of others could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and operating results.

        Other parties may assert that we have infringed their technology or other intellectual property rights. We use internally developed systems and licensed technology to operate our online auction platform and related websites. Third parties could assert intellectual property infringement claims against us based on our internally developed systems or use of licensed third party technology. Third parties also could assert intellectual property infringement claims against parties from whom we license technology. If we are forced to defend against any infringement claims, whether they are with or without merit or are determined in our favor, we may face costly litigation, diversion of technical and management personnel and/or delays in completion of sales. Furthermore, the outcome of a dispute may be that we would need to change technology, develop non-infringing technology or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. A switch to different technology could cause interruptions in our business. Internal development of a non-infringing technology may be expensive and time-consuming, if we are able to successfully develop such technology at all. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

If we do not retain our senior management, we may not be able to achieve our business objectives.

        Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management, particularly William P. Angrick, III, our chief executive officer, Jaime Mateus-Tique, our chief operating officer, and Benjamin Brown, chairman of our LSI Technology Advisory Committee and chief technology officer of our Government Liquidation subsidiary. We do not have key-person insurance on any of our officers or employees. The loss of any member of our existing senior management team could damage key seller relationships, result in the loss of key information, expertise or know-how, lead to unanticipated recruitment and training costs and make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals.

If we are unable to attract and retain skilled employees, we might not be able to sustain our growth.

        Our future success depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled employees, particularly employees with sales, marketing, operations and technology expertise. Competition for employees in our industry is intense. We have experienced difficulty from time to time in attracting the personnel necessary to support the growth of our business, and we may experience similar difficulties in the future. If we are unable to attract, assimilate and retain employees with the necessary skills, we may not be able to grow our business and revenue.

17


Unfavorable government audit results could force us to adjust previously reported operating results and could subject us to a variety of penalties and sanctions.

        The U.S. federal government has the right to audit and review our performance on our government contracts, as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Although we have not had any unfavorable government audit results, any adverse findings from future audits or reviews could result in a significant adjustment to our previously reported operating results. For example, our DoD contracts provide that we share sales profits with the government. The federal government may disagree with our calculation of the profits realized from the sales of government surplus assets and may require us to increase sharing payments to the government. If this occurs, our operating margins may be reduced.

        If a government audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment from doing business with U.S. federal government agencies. In addition, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation if allegations of impropriety are made against us, whether or not true. If we are suspended or debarred from contracting with the federal government generally, or any specific agency, if our reputation or relationship with government agencies is impaired, or if the government otherwise ceases doing business with us or significantly decreases the amount of business it does with us, our revenue and profitability would substantially decrease.

Our international operations subject us to additional risks and challenges that could harm our business and our profitability.

        We have begun expanding internationally, and in the future we may do so more aggressively. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, international operations accounted for less than 4% of our revenue. International operations subject us to additional risks and challenges, including:

        We cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts in foreign countries. Some of these factors may cause our international costs to exceed our domestic costs of doing business. Failure to adequately address these risks could decrease our profitability and operating results.

We may make acquisitions that require significant resources and could be unsuccessful.

        In the future, we may acquire other businesses, products and technologies to complement our current business. We may not be able to identify, negotiate, finance, complete or integrate any future

18



acquisition successfully. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including possible adverse effects on our operating results, diversion of management's attention, inability to retain key employees of the acquired business and risks associated with unanticipated events or liabilities, some or all of which could disrupt our business and reduce the likelihood that we will receive the anticipated benefits of the acquisition in the amount or the time frame that we expect.

        Should we be unable successfully to integrate a new business, we could be required either to dispose of the operation or restructure the operation. In either event, our business could be disrupted and we would not achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. In addition, future transactions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization of expenses, or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition and operating results. Future transactions may also require us to obtain additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

We may need additional financing in the future, which may not be available on favorable terms,
if at all.

        We may need additional funds to finance our operations, as well as to enhance our services, fund our expansion, respond to competitive pressures or acquire complementary businesses or technologies. However, our business may not generate the cash needed to finance such requirements. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders would be reduced, and these securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, our ability to enhance our services, fund our expansion, respond to competitive pressures or take advantage of business opportunities would be significantly limited, and we might need to significantly restrict our operations.

We face legal uncertainties relating to the Internet in general and to the e-commerce industry in particular and may become subject to costly government regulation.

        The laws and regulations related to the Internet and e-commerce are evolving. These laws and regulations relate to issues such as user privacy, freedom of expression, pricing, fraud, quality of products and services, taxation, advertising, intellectual property rights and information security. Laws governing issues such as property ownership, copyrights and other intellectual property issues, taxation, libel and defamation, obscenity and personal privacy could also affect our business. Laws adopted prior to the advent of the Internet may not contemplate or address the unique issues of the Internet and related technologies and it is not clear how they will apply. Current and future laws and regulations could increase our cost of doing business and/or decrease the demand for our services.

Our auction business may be subject to a variety of additional costly government regulations.

        Many states and other jurisdictions have regulations governing the conduct of traditional "auctions" and the liability of traditional "auctioneers" in conducting auctions, which may apply to online auction services. In addition, certain states have laws or regulations that expressly apply to online auction services. We expect to incur costs in complying with these laws and could be subject to fines or other penalties for any failure to comply with these laws. We may be required to make changes in our business to comply with these laws, which could increase our costs, reduce our revenue, cause us to prohibit the listing of certain items, or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition or operating results.

        In addition, the law regarding the potential liability of an online auction service for the activities of its users is not clear. We cannot assure you that users of our websites will comply with our terms and conditions or with laws and regulations applicable to them and their transactions. It is possible that we

19



may be subject to allegations of civil or criminal liability for any unlawful activities conducted by sellers or buyers. Any costs we incur as a result of any such allegations, or as a result of actual or alleged unlawful transactions using our marketplaces, or in our efforts to prevent any such transactions, may harm our opportunities for future revenue growth. In addition, any negative publicity we receive regarding any such transactions or allegations may damage our reputation, our ability to attract new sellers and buyers and our business.

Certain categories of merchandise sold on our marketplaces are subject to government restrictions.

        We sell merchandise, such as scientific instruments, information technology equipment and aircraft parts, that is subject to export control and economic sanctions laws, among other laws, imposed by the United States and other governments. Such restrictions include the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, and economic sanctions and embargo laws administered by the Office of the Foreign Assets Control Regulations. These restrictions prohibit us from, among other things, selling property to (1) persons or entities that appear on lists of restricted or prohibited parties maintained by the United States or other governments or (2) countries, regimes, or nationals that are the target of applicable economic sanctions or other embargoes. In addition, for specified categories of property sold under our contracts with the DoD, we are required to (1) obtain an end-use certificate from the prospective buyer describing the nature of the buyer's business, describing the expected disposition and specific end-use of the property, and acknowledging the applicability of pertinent export control and economic sanctions laws and (2) confirm that each buyer has been cleared to purchase export-controlled items.

        We may incur significant costs or be required to modify our business to comply with these requirements. If we are alleged to have violated any of these laws or regulations we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment from doing business with U.S. federal government agencies. In addition, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation if allegations of impropriety are made against us, whether or not true.

Our business may be harmed if third parties misappropriate our clients' confidential information.

        We retain highly confidential information on behalf of our clients in our systems and databases. Although we maintain security features in our systems, our operations may be susceptible to hacker interception, break-ins and other disruptions. These disruptions may jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our systems. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against such security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches. These issues are likely to become more difficult as we expand our operations. If any compromise of our security were to occur, we may lose clients and our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed by the misappropriation of confidential client information. In addition, if there is any perception that we cannot protect our clients' confidential information, we may lose the ability to attract new clients and our revenue could decline.

If we fail to comply with increasing levels of regulation relating to privacy, our business could suffer harm.

        We are subject to increasing regulation at the federal, state and international levels relating to privacy and the use of personal user information. In addition, several states have proposed or enacted legislation to limit uses of personal information gathered online or require online services to establish privacy policies. Data protection regulations and enforcement efforts may restrict our ability to collect demographic and personal information from users, which could be costly or harm our marketing efforts. Such regulations, along with increased government or private enforcement, may increase the cost of growing our business and require us to expend significant capital and other resources. Our

20



failure to comply with these federal, state and international laws and regulations could subject us to lawsuits, fines, criminal penalties, statutory damages, adverse publicity and other costs could decrease our profitability.

If one or more states successfully assert that we should collect sales or other taxes on the sale of our merchandise or the merchandise of third parties that we offer for sale on our websites, our business could be harmed.

        We are currently required to pay sales taxes in all states for shipment of goods from our DoD contracts. We also pay sales or other similar taxes in respect of shipments of other goods into states in which we have a substantial presence. In addition, as we grow our business, any new operation in states in which we currently do not pay sales taxes could subject shipments into such states to state sales taxes under current or future laws.

        In November 2004, the federal government passed legislation placing a three-year ban on state and local governments' imposition of new taxes on Internet access or electronic commerce transactions. This ban does not prohibit federal, state or local authorities from collecting taxes on our income or from collecting taxes that are due under existing tax rules. Unless the ban is extended, state and local governments may begin to levy additional taxes on Internet access and electronic commerce transactions upon the legislation's expiration in November 2007. An increase in taxes may make electronic commerce transactions less attractive for merchants and businesses, which could result in a decrease in the level of demand for our services.

        Currently, decisions of the U.S. Supreme Court restrict the imposition of obligations to collect state and local sales and use taxes with respect to sales made over the Internet. However, a number of states, as well as the U.S. Congress, have been considering various initiatives that could limit or supersede the Supreme Court's position regarding sales and use taxes on Internet sales. If any of these initiatives resulted in a reversal of the Supreme Court's current position, we could be required to collect sales and use taxes in states other than states in which we currently pay such taxes. A successful assertion by one or more local, state or foreign jurisdictions that the sale of merchandise by us is subject to sales or other taxes, could subject us to material liabilities and increase our costs of doing business. To the extent that we pass such costs on to our clients, could harm our business and decrease our revenue.

Fraudulent activities involving our websites and disputes relating to transactions on our websites may cause us to lose clients and affect our ability to grow our business.

        We are aware that other companies operating online auction or liquidation services have periodically received complaints of fraudulent activities of buyers or sellers on their websites, including disputes over the quality of goods and services, unauthorized use of credit card and bank account information and identity theft, potential breaches of system security, and infringement of third-party copyrights, trademarks and trade names or other intellectual property rights. We may receive similar complaints if sellers or buyers trading in our marketplaces are alleged to have engaged in fraudulent or unlawful activity. In addition, we may suffer losses as a result of purchases paid for with fraudulent credit card data even though the associated financial institution approved payment. In the case of disputed transactions, we may not be able to require users of our services to fulfill their obligations to make payments or to deliver goods. We also may receive complaints from buyers about the quality of purchased goods, requests for reimbursement, or communications threatening or commencing legal actions against us. Negative publicity generated as a result of fraudulent conduct by third parties or the failure to satisfactorily settle disputes related to transactions on our websites could damage our reputation, cause us to lose clients and affect our ability to grow our business.

21



False or defamatory statements transmitted through our services could harm our reputation and affect our ability to attract clients.

        The law relating to the liability of online services companies for information carried on or disseminated through their services is currently unsettled. Claims could be made against online services companies under both the U.S. and foreign law for defamation, libel, invasion of privacy, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, or other theories based on the nature and content of the materials disseminated through their services. Our goWholesale.com website allows users to make comments regarding the online auction industry in general and other users and their merchandise in particular. Although all such comments are generated by users and not by us, we are aware that claims of defamation or other injury have been made against other companies operating auction services in the past and could be made in the future against us for comments made by users. If we are held liable for information provided by our users and carried on our service, we could be directly harmed and may be forced to implement measures to reduce our liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources or discontinue certain service offerings, which could negatively affect our operating results. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of these lawsuits and legislative proposals could harm our reputation and affect our ability to attract clients.


Risks Related to This Offering

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.

        Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between the underwriters and us, and may bear no relationship to the price at which the common stock will trade upon completion of the offering. You may not be able to resell your shares above the initial public offering price and may suffer a loss on your investment.

Our stock price may be volatile and your investment in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.

        The market prices of the securities of e-commerce companies and for initial public offerings have been extremely volatile and have overall declined significantly since early 2000. Broad market and industry factors may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Factors that could cause fluctuation in the stock price may include, among other things:

22



        Volatility in the market price of shares may prevent investors from being able to sell their shares of common stock at or above our initial public offering price. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management's attention and resources.

Future sales of our common stock could cause our stock price to decline.

        Upon completion of this offering, our existing stockholders will beneficially own approximately 19.6 million shares of our common stock, which will be approximately 72% of our outstanding common stock. We and our officers, directors and our existing stockholders representing substantially all of our shares are subject to the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriting" section and a lock-up period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the expiration of this 180-day period, approximately 19.3 million of these shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act. Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. and RBC Capital Markets Corporation, on behalf of the underwriters, may release our directors, officers and stockholders from their lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time and without notice, which would allow for earlier sale of shares in the public market. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline. These sales, or the perception that these sales could occur, might also make it more difficult for you to sell your shares at a time and price that you deem appropriate and for us to sell additional equity securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

        In addition to the foregoing, we had options and warrants to purchase approximately 253,000 shares of common stock outstanding and exercisable as of September 30, 2005. We intend to register the shares of common stock issuable or reserved for issuance under our equity plans within 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

        Prior investors have paid substantially less per share than the price in this offering. The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. As a result, investors purchasing our common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $8.30 per share. To the extent that all of our options and warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2005 were exercised, investors purchasing common stock in this offering would incur immediate dilution of $8.27 per share. Future equity issuances at prices below the initial public offering price would result in further dilution to purchasers in this offering. For a further description of the dilution that investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience, please see "Dilution."

23



Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change in control.

        Our principal stockholders, directors and executive officers and entities affiliated with them will own approximately 68% of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other extraordinary transactions. These stockholders may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interest. The concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and could ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

Our costs will increase significantly as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with public company regulations.

        We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These expenses are associated with our public company reporting requirements and recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules implemented by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the Nasdaq National Market, or Nasdaq. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a public company or the timing of such costs.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

        These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Because we have operated as a private company, we have limited experience attempting to comply with public company obligations, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

        As directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the SEC has adopted rules requiring public companies to include a report of management on the company's internal controls over financial reporting in their annual reports on Form 10-K. In addition, the public accounting firm auditing a public company's financial statements must attest to and report on management's assessment

24



of the effectiveness of the company's internal controls over financial reporting. These requirements will first apply to our annual report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending on September 30, 2007.

        We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Also, we may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement. We cannot be certain that any remedial measures we take will ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, or if our independent auditors are unable to provide us with an unqualified report as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of September 30, 2007 and future year ends as required by Section 404, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of our common stock. Failure to comply with Section 404 could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, Nasdaq or other regulatory authorities.

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, and we may not use these proceeds effectively, which could affect our operating results and cause our stock price to decline.

        We will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds to us from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors and management regarding the application of these proceeds. Although we expect to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, general corporate purposes, and possible future acquisitions, we have not allocated these net proceeds for specific purposes or acquisitions. It is possible that the net proceeds will be invested in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for our company and that we will not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates at attractive prices.

Some provisions of our charter, bylaws and Delaware law inhibit potential acquisition bids that you may consider favorable.

        Our corporate documents and Delaware law contain provisions that may enable our board of directors to resist a change in control of our company even if a change in control were to be considered favorable by you and other stockholders. These provisions include:

        These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

25



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements are only predictions. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors include those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. You can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "could," "would," "expects," "intends," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continues" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

        There are a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed as forward-looking statements are set forth in this prospectus, including but not limited to those under the heading "Risk Factors." There may be other factors of which we are currently unaware or deem immaterial that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements.

        All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf apply only as of the date of this prospectus and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this prospectus. Except as may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

26



USE OF PROCEEDS

        The net proceeds from our sale of 5,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering are estimated to be approximately $44.4 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by selling stockholders. We intend to use approximately $2.4 million and $2.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay amounts outstanding under our senior credit facility and our subordinated note, respectively.

        We intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for working capital, general corporate purposes and possible future acquisitions.

        The amounts that we actually expend for working capital and other general corporate purposes will vary significantly depending on a number of factors, including future revenue growth, if any, and the amount of cash that we generate from operations. As a result, we will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of businesses, products or technologies that we could utilize in expanding our online auction business or our wholesale industry portal. We periodically review acquisitions and strategic investment opportunities that are related to our business, and we believe that it is desirable to have funds on hand so that we have the ability to make acquisitions and strategic investments promptly. As of the date of this prospectus, we have no arrangements, agreements or commitments for acquisitions of any businesses, products or technologies, and we can give no assurance that we will be able to consummate any acquisitions or strategic investments or that if consummated such acquisitions or investments would be on terms that are favorable to us.

        Pending these uses, we will invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term interest bearing investment grade securities.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We currently anticipate that we will retain any future earnings for use in our business. As a result, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and restrictions contained in future financing instruments.

        In connection with our Series C preferred stock financing in September 2004, we declared and paid a special dividend in the aggregate amount of approximately $20 million to all holders of our common stock and our Series A and Series B preferred stock. Each holder of common stock was paid a dividend of $1.05 per share.

27



CASH AND CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2005:

        You should read this table together with the information under the headings "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" as well as the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2005
 
 
  Actual
  Pro forma
  Pro forma
as adjusted

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 10,378   $ 10,378   $ 50,378  
   
 
 
 

Total debt and capital lease obligations, including current portion

 

 

4,503

 

 

4,503

 

 

103

 
Redeemable common stock(1)     474     474      

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Series C preferred stock with a $20,000,000 liquidation preference, $.001 par value; 3,262,643 shares authorized; 3,262,643 shares issued and outstanding, actual; none issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted     3          
  Common stock, $0.001 value; 26,737,357 shares authorized; 19,025,971 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 22,288,614 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 27,288,614 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted     19     22     27  
  Additional paid-in capital     9,412     9,412     53,807  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (24 )   (24 )   (24 )
  Retained earnings     1,533     1,533     2,007  
   
 
 
 
  Total stockholders' equity     10,943     10,943     55,817  
   
 
 
 
Total capitalization   $ 15,920   $ 15,920   $ 55,920  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Upon the closing of this offering and the resulting repayment of our $2.0 million subordinated note, the redemption feature related to these shares of common stock will terminate. As a result, the pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet takes into account the termination of this redemption feature, the decrease in the value recorded by us for redeemable common stock.

        The table above excludes the following shares of common stock:

28



DILUTION

        Dilution is the amount by which the initial offering price paid by the purchasers of common stock in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per share of common stock following this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our pro forma tangible assets, or total assets less intangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2005 after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding Series C preferred stock into common stock. As of September 30, 2005 our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $1.6 million or $0.07 per share of common stock.

        After giving effect to (1) the sale of 5,000,000 shares of common stock by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, and after deducting the underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (2) the repayment of $4.4 million of our indebtedness, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2005 would have been approximately $46.5 million or $1.70 per share of common stock. After giving effect to the offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value represents an immediate increase in the pro forma net tangible book value of $1.63 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $8.30 per share to the investors who purchase our common stock in this offering.

        The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share         $ 10.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2005   $ 0.07      
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering     1.63      
   
     
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as adjusted after this offering           1.70
         
Dilution per share to new investors         $ 8.30
         

        The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2005, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and by the investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Shares purchased
  Total consideration
   
 
  Average price
per share

 
  Number
  Percent
  Number
  Percent
Existing stockholders   22,288,614   82 % $         $  
New investors   5,000,000   18                
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   27,288,614   100 % $     100 % $  
   
 
 
 
 

        The share amounts in this table exclude:

29


If all of our outstanding options and warrants as of September 30, 2005 had been exercised, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $1.73 per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.66 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in the net tangible book value to our new investors of $8.27.

        If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 8,840,466, or 32% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

30



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2004 and 2005, are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements that have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and that are included in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2001 and for the year ended September 30, 2002, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2001, 2002 and 2003 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus.

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2001

  Year ended September 30,
 
 
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:                                
Revenue   $ 7,050   $ 44,463   $ 60,719   $ 75,869   $ 89,415  
Costs and expenses:                                
  Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization)     628     4,876     4,481     5,743     6,288  
  Profit-sharing distributions     2,000     17,717     30,427     39,718     48,952  
  Technology and operations     2,865     9,849     10,358     12,814     14,696  
  Sales and marketing     2,329     1,964     3,798     4,586     5,503  
  General and administrative     3,058     5,673     5,810     6,046     7,397  
  Amortization of contract intangibles     670     2,483     1,862         135  
  Depreciation and amortization     265     408     465     531     586  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total costs and expenses     11,815     42,970     57,201     69,438     83,557  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from operations     (4,765 )   1,493     3,518     6,431     5,858  

Interest expense and other income, net

 

 

(92

)

 

(169

)

 

(391

)

 

(621

)

 

(570

)
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes     (4,857 )   1,324     3,127     5,810     5,288  
Provision for income taxes             (351 )   (541 )   (1,166 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (4,857 ) $ 1,324   $ 2,776   $ 5,269   $ 4,122  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share   $ (0.25 ) $ 0.10   $ 0.19   $ 0.31   $ 0.22  

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

19,310,208

 

 

13,561,073

 

 

14,428,121

 

 

16,865,313

 

 

19,037,418

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

(0.14

)

$

0.07

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.18

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

34,528,638

 

 

18,107,552

 

 

15,930,840

 

 

17,597,391

 

 

22,571,985

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
EBITDA(1)   $ (3,830 ) $ 4,384   $ 5,845   $ 6,962   $ 6,579  
Adjusted EBITDA(1)     (4,126 )   2,485     3,750     6,115     6,666  
Adjusted profit-sharing distributions(2)     2,296     19,616     32,522     40,650     48,952  
Adjusted net income (loss)(2)   $ (5,153 ) $ (575 ) $ 681   $ 4,337   $ 4,122  

Supplemental Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Gross merchandise volume(3)   $ 7,997   $ 49,209   $ 72,305   $ 89,104   $ 102,210  
Completed transactions(4)     N/A     92,000     123,000     141,000     173,000  
Total registered buyers(5)     N/A     69,000     150,000     264,000     386,000  
Total auction participants(6)     N/A     404,000     552,000     671,000     848,000  

N/A—Not available

31


 
  As of September 30,
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
  (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:                              
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 2,901   $ 5,654   $ 10,450   $ 12,178   $ 10,378
Working capital(7)     (1,586 )   (1,683 )   3,780     7,021     4,154
Total assets     10,661     11,113     13,715     17,711     26,013
Total liabilities     10,148     10,362     9,984     10,333     14,596
Redeemable common stock(8)                 324     474
Series C preferred stock                 3     3
Common stock     18     12     16     19     19
Total stockholders' equity     513     751     3,731     7,054     10,943

(1)
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures. GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. EBITDA is equal to net income (loss) plus (a) interest expense and other income; (b) provision for income taxes; (c) amortization of contract intangibles; and (d) depreciation and amortization. Our definition of adjusted EBITDA is different from EBITDA because we further adjust EBITDA for: (a) stock based compensation expense; and (b) a portion of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payments, as described below under footnote 2. For a description of our use of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to net income (loss), see the discussion and related table below.

(2)
In June 2001, we acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of SurplusBid.com, Inc. and its affiliates for $7.5 million, including SurplusBid.com's surplus contract with the DoD. The SurplusBid.com acquisition price was paid over 33 months in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement. At the same time, we were awarded our current surplus contract with the DoD. Our surplus contract required monthly profit-sharing distributions under the contract to be reduced by the amount of the monthly SurplusBid.com acquisition payments. This resulted in a temporary non-recurring reduction in our profit-sharing distributions and a significant increase in our net income during the 33 month period from June 2001 to March 2004. The total amount of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payment was recorded as a note payable in our consolidated balance sheet in fiscal 2001, discounted to a present value of approximately $6.5 million. The discount of approximately $1 million was accreted as interest expense over the term of the acquisition payments.


As a result, we present two supplemental non-GAAP financial measures, adjusted profit-sharing distributions and adjusted net income, to eliminate the impact of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payments. These measures are prepared by increasing the profit-sharing distributions line item in our statements of operations by DoD's portion of the principal payments on the SurplusBid.com note payable made during each period (i.e., approximately 80% of the principal payments). We do not add back the accreted interest portion of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payments when adjusting distributions and net income because the accreted interest is already included in interest expense and other income in our consolidated statements of operations. We believe adjusted profit-sharing distributions and adjusted net income are useful to investors because they eliminate an item that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance due to its temporary, non-recurring nature. We also believe it is important to provide investors with the same metrics used by management to measure core operating performance.


The table below reconciles profit-sharing distributions and net income to such item's adjusted presentation for the periods presented.

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2001

  Year ended September 30,
 
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005(a)
 
  (in thousands)

Profit-sharing distributions   $ 2,000   $ 17,717   $ 30,427   $ 39,718   $ 48,952
Adjustment     296     1,899     2,095     932    
   
 
 
 
 
Adjusted profit-sharing distributions   $ 2,296   $ 19,616   $ 32,522   $ 40,650   $ 48,952
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (4,857 ) $ 1,324   $ 2,776   $ 5,269   $ 4,122
Adjustment     (296 )   (1,899 )   (2,095 )   (932 )  
   
 
 
 
 
Adjusted net income (loss)   $ (5,153 ) $ (575 ) $ 681   $ 4,337   $ 4,122
   
 
 
 
 

(3)
Gross merchandise volume is the total sales value of all merchandise sold through our marketplaces during a given period.

32


(4)
Completed transactions represents the number of auctions in a given period from which we have recorded revenue.

(5)
Total registered buyers as of a given date represents the aggregate number of persons or entities who have registered on one of our marketplaces.

(6)
For each auction we manage, the number of auction participants represents the total number of registered buyers who have bid one or more times on that auction, and total auction participants for a given period is the sum of the auction participants in each auction conducted during that period.

(7)
Working capital is defined as current assets minus current liabilities.

(8)
Upon the closing of this offering and the resulting repayment of our $2.0 million subordinated note, the redemption feature related to these shares of common stock will terminate. As a result, the pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet takes into account the termination of this redemption feature, the decrease in the value recorded by us for redeemable common stock.

        We believe EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are useful to an investor in evaluating our performance for the following reasons:

33


        Our management uses EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA:

        EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as calculated by us are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. In addition, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA: (a) do not represent net income or cash flows from operating activities as defined by GAAP; (b) are not necessarily indicative of cash available to fund our cash flow needs; and (c) should not be considered as alternatives to net income, income from operations, cash provided by operating activities or our other financial information as determined under GAAP.

        We prepare adjusted EBITDA by adjusting EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. As an analytical tool, adjusted EBITDA is subject to all of the limitations applicable to EBITDA. Our presentation of adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an implication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

        The table below reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented.

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2001

  Year ended September 30,
 
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
  (in thousands)

Net income (loss)   $ (4,857 ) $ 1,324   $ 2,776   $ 5,269   $ 4,122
Interest expense and other income, net     92     169     391     621     570
Provision for income taxes             351     541     1,166
Amortization of contract intangibles     670     2,483     1,862         135
Depreciation and amortization     265     408     465     531     586
   
 
 
 
 
EBITDA     (3,830 )   4,384     5,845     6,962     6,579
Stock compensation expense                 85     87
Adjustment (1)     (296 )   (1,899 )   (2,095 )   (932 )  
   
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (4,126 ) $ 2,485   $ 3,750   $ 6,115   $ 6,666
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
The adjustment amount for each period equals approximately 80% of the principal payments on the SurplusBid.com note payable made during each period, as described above in footnote 2. No payments were made in fiscal 2005.

34



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information contained under the caption "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could vary materially from those indicated, implied, or suggested by these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        About us.    We are a leading online auction marketplace for wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. We enable buyers and sellers to transact in an efficient, automated online auction environment offering over 500 product categories. Our marketplaces provide professional buyers access to a global, organized supply of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets presented with digital images and other relevant product information. Additionally, we enable our corporate and government sellers to enhance their financial return on excess assets by providing a liquid marketplace and value-added services that integrate sales and marketing, logistics and transaction settlement into a single offering. We organize our products into categories across major industry verticals such as consumer electronics, general merchandise, apparel, scientific equipment, aerospace parts and equipment, technology hardware, and specialty equipment. Our online auction marketplaces are www.liquidation.com, www.govliquidation.com and www.uksurplus.com. We also operate a wholesale industry portal, www.goWholesale.com, that connects advertisers with buyers seeking products for resale and related business services.

        We believe our ability to create liquid marketplaces for wholesale, surplus and salvage assets generates a continuous flow of goods from our corporate and government sellers. This flow of goods in turn attracts an increasing number of professional buyers to our marketplaces. During the year ended September 30, 2005, the number of registered buyers grew from approximately 264,000 to approximately 386,000, and the number of monthly searches on our websites grew from approximately 1.3 million to 3.9 million. During the past three fiscal years, we have conducted over 436,000 online transactions representing approximately $264 million in gross merchandise volume. Approximately 90% of our initial listings have resulted in a completed cash sale during the past three fiscal years.

        Our history.    We were incorporated in Delaware in November 1999 as Liquidation.com, Inc. and commenced operations in early 2000. During 2000, we developed our online auction marketplace platform and began auctioning merchandise primarily for small commercial sellers and government agencies. In 2001, we changed our name to Liquidity Services, Inc. In June 2001, we were awarded our first major DoD contract, the Commercial Venture Two or CV2 contract. Under this agreement, we became the exclusive contractor with the Defense Reutilization and Marketing Service, or DRMS, for the sale of usable DoD surplus assets in the United States. In June 2005, we were awarded an additional exclusive contract with the DRMS to manage and sell substantially all DoD scrap property. During 2004, we launched our wholesale industry portal, www.goWholesale.com.

        Recent initiatives.    We have recently made several new investments to enhance the value of our business. During fiscal 2005, we hired additional key employees, including our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and our Vice President of Operations, as well as additional sales and marketing and technology and operations personnel. We incurred start-up administrative and legal costs during fiscal 2005 associated with the award of our new scrap contract. We also incurred start-up costs associated with www.goWholesale.com throughout fiscal 2005. During May 2005, we completed the acquisition of Wholesale411.com, a wholesale industry search engine and portal, and completed the integration of this business with goWholesale.com in October 2005. Throughout fiscal 2005, we continued to make

35



investments in our U.S. distribution center operations as well as in our uksurplus.com marketplace, which was started at the end of fiscal 2003. In anticipation of becoming a public company, we have also invested in our administrative infrastructure, including a new accounting system and the hiring of a consultant to assist us with our efforts to meet the requirements of becoming a public company.

        Our revenue.    We generate substantially all of our revenue by retaining a percentage of the proceeds from the sales we manage for our sellers. We offer our sellers two primary transaction models: a profit-sharing model and a consignment model.

        We collect a buyer premium on substantially all of our transactions under both of our transaction models. Buyer premiums are calculated as a percentage of the sale price of the merchandise sold and are paid to us by the buyer. Buyer premiums are in addition to the price of the merchandise. Under our profit sharing model, we typically share in the proceeds of any buyer premiums with our sellers.

        In addition, we occasionally engage in transactions with our sellers in which we purchase merchandise without a profit-sharing component. Under this model, we do not share any profits with the sellers. These transactions generated less than 2% of our revenue in fiscal year 2005.

        In fiscal year 2005, we generated less than 2% of our revenue from advertisements on our wholesale industry portals.

        Industry trends.    We believe there are several industry trends impacting the growth of our business including: (1) the increase in the adoption of the Internet by businesses to conduct e-commerce both in the United States and abroad; (2) product innovation in the retail supply chain that has increased the pace of product obsolescence and, therefore, the supply of surplus assets; (3) the increase in the

36



volume of returned merchandise handled by both online and offline retailers; (4) the increase in government regulations necessitating verifiable recycling and remarketing of surplus assets; and (5) the increase in outsourcing by corporate and government organizations of disposition activities for surplus and end-of-life assets.

Our Seller Agreements

        Our DoD agreements.    We have two contracts with the DoD pursuant to which we acquire, manage and sell excess property:

        The surplus contract and the scrap contract are structured as profit-sharing arrangements in which we purchase and take possession of all goods we receive from the DoD at a contractual percentage of the original acquisition cost of those goods. After deducting allowable operating expenses, we disburse to the DoD approximately 80% of the profits from the sale. We retain the remaining 20% of these profits. We refer to these disbursement payments to DoD as profit-sharing distributions. As a result of this arrangement, we recognize as revenue the gross proceeds from these sales.

        In January 2005, we were awarded a contract to purchase DoD surplus property located in Europe. This contract is in its initial start-up phase and generated less than 1% of our revenue in fiscal 2005. This contract expires in January 2007.

        Our UK MoD agreement.    In July 2003, we were awarded a contract to manage and sell surplus property from the United Kingdom Ministry of Defence. This contract generated less than 4% of our revenue in fiscal year 2005. This contract expires in July 2008, subject to the Ministry's right to extend the contract for two additional one-year terms.

        Our commercial agreements.    During fiscal year 2005, we had over 280 corporate clients who each sold in excess of $10,000 of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets in our marketplaces. Our agreements with these clients are generally terminable at will by either party.

37



Key Business Metrics

        Our management periodically reviews certain key business metrics for operational planning purposes and to evaluate the effectiveness of our operational strategies, allocation of resources and our capacity to fund capital expenditures and expand our business. These key business metrics include:

        Gross merchandise volume.    Gross merchandise volume, or GMV, is the total sales value of all merchandise sold through our marketplaces during a given period. We review GMV because it provides a measure of the volume of goods being sold in our marketplaces and thus the activity of those marketplaces. GMV also provides a means to evaluate the effectiveness of investments that we have made and continue to make, including in the areas of customer support, value-added services, product development, sales and marketing, and operations. The gross merchandise volume of goods sold in our marketplace during fiscal 2005 was $102.2 million.

        Completed transactions.    Completed transactions represents the number of auctions in a given period from which we have recorded revenue. Similar to GMV, we believe that completed transactions is a key business metric because it provides an additional measurement of the volume of activity flowing through our marketplaces. During the year ended September 30, 2005, we completed approximately 173,000 transactions.

        Total registered buyers.    We grow our buyer base through a combination of marketing and promotional efforts. A person becomes a registered buyer by completing an online registration process on one of our marketplaces. As part of this process, we collect business and personal information, including name, title, company name, business address and contact information, and information on how the person intends to use our marketplaces. Each prospective buyer must also accept our terms and conditions of use. Following the completion of the online registration process, we verify each prospective buyer's e-mail address and confirm that the person is not listed on any banned persons list maintained internally or by the U.S. federal government. After the verification process, which is completed generally within 24 hours, the registration is approved and activated and the prospective buyer is added to our registered buyer list.

        Total registered buyers as of a given date represents the aggregate number of persons or entities who have registered on one of our marketplaces. We use this metric to evaluate how well our marketing and promotional efforts are performing. Total registered buyers excludes duplicate registrations, buyers who are suspended from utilizing our marketplaces and those buyers who have voluntarily removed themselves from our registration database. In addition, if we become aware of registered buyers that are no longer in business, we remove them from our database. As of September 30, 2005, we had approximately 386,000 registered buyers.

        Total auction participants.    For each auction we manage, the number of auction participants represents the total number of registered buyers who have bid one or more times in that auction. As a result, a registered buyer who bids, or participates, in more than one auction is counted as an auction participant in each auction in which he or she participates. Thus, total auction participants for a given period is the sum of the auction participants in each auction conducted during that period. We use this metric to allow us to compare our online auction marketplaces to our competitors, including other online auction sites and traditional on-site auctioneers. In addition, we measure total auction participants on a periodic basis to evaluate the activity level of our base of registered buyers and to measure the performance of our marketing and promotional efforts. For the year ended September 30, 2005, approximately 848,000 total auction participants participated in auctions on our marketplaces.

38



Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        Adjusted profit-sharing distributions and adjusted net income.    In June 2001, we acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of SurplusBid.com, Inc. and its affiliates for $7.5 million, including SurplusBid.com's surplus contract with the DoD. The SurplusBid.com acquisition price was paid over 33 months in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement. At the same time, we were awarded our current surplus contract with the DoD. Our surplus contract required monthly profit-sharing distributions under the contract to be reduced by the amount of the monthly SurplusBid.com acquisition payments. This resulted in a temporary non-recurring reduction in our profit-sharing distributions and a significant increase in our net income during the 33 month period from June 2001 to March 2004. The total amount of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payment was recorded as a note payable in our consolidated balance sheet in fiscal 2001, discounted to a present value of approximately $6.5 million. The discount of approximately $1 million was accreted as interest expense over the term of the acquisition payments.

        As a result, we present two supplemental non-GAAP financial measures, adjusted profit-sharing distributions and adjusted net income, to eliminate the impact of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payments. These measures are prepared by increasing the profit-sharing distributions line item in our statements of operations by DoD's portion of the principal payments on the SurplusBid.com note payable made during each period (i.e., approximately 80% of the principal payments). We do not add back the accreted interest portion of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payments when adjusting distributions and net income because the accreted interest is already included in interest expense and other income in our consolidated statements of operations. We believe adjusted profit-sharing distributions and adjusted net income are useful to investors because they eliminate an item that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance due to its temporary, non-recurring nature. We also believe it is important to provide investors with the same metrics used by management to measure core operating performance.

        The table below reconciles profit-sharing distributions and net income to such item's adjusted presentation for the periods presented.

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2001

  Year ended September 30,
 
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005(1)
 
  (in thousands)

Profit-sharing distributions   $ 2,000   $ 17,717   $ 30,427   $ 39,718   $ 48,952
Adjustment     296     1,899     2,095     932    
   
 
 
 
 
Adjusted profit-sharing distributions   $ 2,296   $ 19,616   $ 32,522   $ 40,650   $ 48,952
   
 
 
 
 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(4,857

)

$

1,324

 

$

2,776

 

$

5,269

 

$

4,122
Adjustment     (296 )   (1,899 )   (2,095 )   (932 )  
   
 
 
 
 
Adjusted net income (loss)   $ (5,153 ) $ (575 ) $ 681   $ 4,337   $ 4,122
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
The final SurplusBid.com acquisition payment was made in March 2004 and therefore no adjustments were made in fiscal 2005.

        EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA.    EBITDA is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure and is equal to net income (loss) plus (a) interest expense and other income; (b) provision for income taxes; (c) amortization of contract intangibles; and (d) depreciation and amortization. Our definition of adjusted EBITDA is different from EBITDA because we further adjust EBITDA for: (a) stock based compensation expense; and (b) a portion of the SurplusBid.com acquisition payments, as described above under "Adjusted profit-sharing distributions and adjusted net income."

39



        We believe EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are useful to an investor in evaluating our performance for the following reasons:

        Our management uses EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA:

40


        EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as calculated by us are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. In addition, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA: (a) do not represent net income or cash flows from operating activities as defined by GAAP; (b) are not necessarily indicative of cash available to fund our cash flow needs; and (c) should not be considered as alternatives to net income, income from operations, cash provided by operating activities or our other financial information as determined under GAAP.

        We prepare adjusted EBITDA by adjusting EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. As an analytical tool, adjusted EBITDA is subject to all of the limitations applicable to EBITDA. Our presentation of adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an implication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

        The table below reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented.

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2001

  Year ended September 30,
 
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
  (in thousands)

Net income (loss)   $ (4,857 ) $ 1,324   $ 2,776   $ 5,269   $ 4,122
Interest expense and other income, net     92     169     391     621     570
Provision for income taxes             351     541     1,166
Amortization of contract intangibles     670     2,483     1,862         135
Depreciation and amortization     265     408     465     531     586
   
 
 
 
 
EBITDA     (3,830 )   4,384     5,845     6,962     6,579
Stock compensation expense                 85     87
Adjustment (1)     (296 )   (1,899 )   (2,095 )   (932 )  
   
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (4,126 ) $ 2,485   $ 3,750   $ 6,115   $ 6,666
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
The adjustment amount for each period equals approximately 80% of the principal payments on the SurplusBid.com note payable made during each period, as described above under "Adjusted profit-sharing distributions and adjusted net income." No payments were made in fiscal 2005.

Critical Accounting Estimates

        Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. A "critical accounting estimate" is one which is both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results and requires management's most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We continuously evaluate our critical accounting estimates. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily

41



apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        Revenue recognition.    We recognize revenue in accordance with the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin 101, Revenue Recognition. For transactions in our online marketplaces, which generate substantially all of our revenue, we recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met:


        Substantially all of our sales are recorded subsequent to payment authorization being received, utilizing credit cards, wire transfers and PayPal, an Internet based payment system, as methods of payments. As a result, we are not subject to significant collection risk, as goods are generally not shipped before payment is received.

        Revenue is also evaluated in accordance with EITF 99-19, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal Versus Net as an Agent, for reporting revenue of gross proceeds as the principal in the arrangement or net of commissions as an agent. In arrangements in which we are deemed to be the primary obligor, bear physical and general inventory risk, and credit risk, we recognize as revenue the gross proceeds from the sale, including buyer's premiums. Arrangements in which we act as an agent or broker on a consignment basis, without taking general or physical inventory risk, revenue is recognized based on the sales commissions that are paid to us by the sellers for utilizing our services; in this situation, sales commissions represent a percentage of the gross proceeds from the sale that the seller pays to us upon completion of the transaction.

        We have evaluated our revenue recognition policy related to sales under our profit-sharing model and determined it is appropriate to account for these sales on a gross basis using the criteria outlined in EITF Issue 99-19. The following factors in particular were most heavily relied upon in our determination:

42


        Valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets.    In accordance with SFAS 141, Business Combinations, we identify and value intangible assets that we acquire in business combinations, such as customer arrangements, customer relationships and non-compete agreements, that arise from contractual or other legal rights or that are capable of being separated or divided from the acquired entity and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged. The fair value of identified intangible assets is based upon an estimate of the future economic benefits expected to result from ownership, which represents the amount at which the assets could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, we test our goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate impairment may exist. Examples of such events or circumstances could include a significant change in business climate or a loss of significant customers. We apply a two-step fair value-based test to assess goodwill for impairment. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is then performed. The second step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill to the fair value of the goodwill. If the fair value of the goodwill is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss would be recorded in our statements of operations. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are also reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be realizable.

        Our management makes certain estimates and assumptions in order to determine the fair value of net assets and liabilities, including, among other things, an assessment of market conditions, projected cash flows, cost of capital and growth rates, which could significantly impact the reported value of goodwill and other intangible assets. Estimating future cash flows requires significant judgment, and our projections may vary from cash flows eventually realized. The valuations employ a combination of present value techniques to measure fair value, corroborated by comparisons to estimated market multiples. These valuations are based on a discount rate determined by our management to be consistent with industry discount rates and the risks inherent in our current business model.

        We cannot predict the occurrence of certain future events that might adversely affect the reported value of goodwill and other intangible assets, which totaled $9.4 million at September 30, 2005. Such events may include strategic decisions made in response to economic and competitive conditions, the impact of the economic environment on our buyers and sellers base or material negative changes in our relationships with material customers.

        Income taxes.    We account for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. This statement requires an asset and liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for the years in which the taxes are expected to be paid or recovered. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets to a level that we believe will more likely than not be realized. The resulting net deferred tax asset reflects management's estimate of the amount that will be realized.

        We provide for income taxes based on our estimate of federal and state tax liabilities. These estimates include, among other items, effective rates for state and local income taxes, estimates related to depreciation and amortization expense allowable for tax purposes, and the tax deductibility of certain

43



other items. Our estimates are based on the information available to us at the time we prepare the income tax provision. We generally file our annual income tax returns several months after our fiscal year-end. Income tax returns are subject to audit by federal, state and local governments, generally years after the returns are filed. These returns could be subject to material adjustments or differing interpretations of the tax laws.

        Stock-based compensation.    We account for our employee stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Under the intrinsic value method, options with an exercise price at least equal to the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant generally do not result in compensation expense. Our stock options have generally been granted with an exercise price equal to the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grant and, accordingly, any compensation related expenses for options have not been material.

        During February, June, August, October and December 2005, we issued 354,000, 435,250, 79,500, 83,500 and 230,000 options to purchase common stock with exercise prices of $2.00, $3.00, $5.00, $7.00 and $7.00, respectively. The estimated fair value of our common stock at the grant dates was $2.00, $3.00, $5.00, $7.00 and $7.00, respectively. These options to purchase common stock had no intrinsic value at the grant dates. Historically, no public market has existed for our stock. Therefore, since September 2004, our management performed various valuation analyses approved by the board of directors that used either a market or income approach to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock, depending on the most appropriate measure at that time. A market approach uses comparisons to precedent transactions to estimate fair value. For this approach, management and the board of directors considered a cash transaction involving our preferred stock. An income approach utilizes our estimates of future income and cash flows. Prior to September 2004, our management and board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock using a contemporaneous preferred stock transaction approach which applied discounts for valuation differences due to conversion privileges, dividends, control, and seniority and liquidity preferences.

        We believe that the difference between the estimated fair value of common stock at various option grant dates in 2005, and the value of common stock based on the $10.00 midpoint of the estimated price range of this offering is partly attributable to the progress we continued to make during and after the first quarter of 2006 in growing our transaction volume with existing and new relationships, including a number of new commercial relationships that resulted in the opening of new distribution centers in Las Vegas, Nevada and Cranberry, New Jersey. We believe the increase is also based on (a) our stronger financial position after the offering with approximately $50 million of available cash and repayment of all of our outstanding debt, including an existing loan with a 12% interest rate, (b) simplification of our capitalization structure from the conversion of our Series C preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering, which has a liquidation preference and participation feature senior to common stock and (c) an increase in the value of our common stock attributable to becoming a public company.

        We make disclosure regarding employee stock-based compensation using the minimum value method in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure.

        In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, or Statement 123(R), which is a revision of SFAS No. 123. Statement 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their estimated fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. We adopted the provisions of Statement 123(R) on October 1, 2005, using the

44



prospective method. Unvested stock based awards issued prior to October 1, 2005, the date that we plan to adopt the provisions of Statement 123(R), will be accounted for at the date of adoption using the intrinsic value method originally applied to those awards. Accordingly, the adoption of Statement 123(R)'s fair value method may have a significant impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. The impact to us of adoption of Statement 123(R) cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend significantly on levels of share-based payments granted in the future.

        The above list is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting estimates. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by generally accepted accounting principles, with little need for management's judgment in their application. There are also areas in which management's judgment in selecting any available alternative would not produce a materially different result. See our audited financial statements and related notes, which contain accounting policies and other disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Components of Revenue and Expenses

        Revenue.    We generate substantially all of our revenue from sales of merchandise held in inventory and by retaining a percentage of the proceeds from the sales. Our revenue recognition practices are discussed in more detail in the section above entitled "Critical Accounting Estimates."

        Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization).    Cost of goods sold includes the costs of purchasing and transporting property for auction as well as credit card transaction fees.

        Profit-sharing distributions.    Our two primary contracts with the DoD are structured as profit-sharing arrangements in which we purchase and take possession of all goods we receive from the DoD at a contractual percentage of the original acquisition cost of those goods. After deducting allowable operating expenses, we disburse to the DoD on a monthly basis approximately 80% of the profits of the aggregate monthly sales. We retain the remaining 20% of these profits. We refer to these disbursement payments to DoD as profit-sharing distributions.

        Technology and operations.    Technology expenses consist primarily of personnel costs related to our programming staff who develop and deploy new marketplaces, such as goWholesale.com, and continuously enhance existing marketplaces. These personnel also develop and upgrade the software systems that support our operations, such as sales processing. Because our marketplaces and support systems require frequent upgrades and enhancements to maintain viability, we have determined that the useful life for substantially all of our internally developed software is less than one year. As a result, we expense these costs as incurred.

        Operations expenses consist primarily of operating costs, including, buyer relations, shipping logistics and distribution center operating costs.

        Sales and marketing.    Sales and marketing expenses include the cost of our sales and marketing personnel as well as the cost of marketing and promotional activities. These activities include online marketing campaigns such as paid search advertising.

        General and administrative.    General and administrative expenses include all corporate and administrative functions that support our operations and provide an infrastructure to facilitate our future growth. Components of these expenses include executive management and staff salaries, bonuses and related taxes and employee benefits; travel; headquarters rent and related occupancy costs; and legal and accounting fees. The salaries, bonus and employee benefits costs included as general and administrative expenses are generally more fixed in nature than our operating expenses and do not vary

45



directly with the volume of merchandise sold through our marketplaces. We anticipate that we will also incur additional employee salaries and related expenses, professional service fees, and insurance costs necessary to meet the requirements of being a public company.

        Amortization of contract intangibles.    Amortization of contract intangibles expense for fiscal years 2001 to 2003 consists primarily of the amortization expenses resulting from the costs related to our procurement of SurplusBid.com and its DoD surplus contract, CV1. We acquired this contract in July 2001 and amortized the related intangible assets on a straight line basis over the remaining 24 month term of the contract.

        We were awarded our DoD scrap contract during June 2005. This contract required us to purchase the rights to operate the scrap operations of the DoD during the seven year base term of the contract. The intangible asset created from the $5.7 million purchase is being amortized over 84 months on a straight-line basis. The amortization period is correlated to the base term of the contract, exclusive of renewal periods.

        Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization expenses consist primarily of the depreciation and amortization of amounts recorded in connection with the purchase of furniture, fixtures and equipment.

        Interest expense and other income, net.    Interest expense and other income, net consists primarily of interest on borrowings under our long-term debt; interest expense associated with warrants to purchase our common stock that were issued to, among others, the lenders of our debt financing in 2003; and realized gains or losses on short-term investments.

        Income taxes.    Prior to fiscal 2002, we incurred losses from our operations and, as a result, did not incur significant liabilities for income taxes. While we generated NOLs during this time, we did not record a deferred tax asset for these NOLs or any other deferred items because of the uncertainty of their realization. We utilized these NOLs through fiscal 2004 to offset substantially all of the federal income taxes we would have otherwise owed. We continued to owe state income taxes during these periods. At September 30, 2004, we had utilized a significant portion of our federal NOLs. During fiscal year 2005, we exhausted our remaining federal NOLs and had an effective income tax rate of approximately 22%. We estimate that our future effective income tax rate will be approximately 40%.

46


Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, selected statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of revenue.

 
  Year ended September 30,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
Revenue   100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Costs and expenses:              
  Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization)   7.4   7.6   7.0  
  Profit-sharing distributions   50.1   52.4   54.7  
  Technology and operations   17.0   16.9   16.4  
  Sales and marketing   6.3   6.0   6.2  
  General and administrative   9.5   8.0   8.3  
  Amortization of contract intangibles   3.1     0.2  
  Depreciation and amortization   0.8   0.7   0.7  
   
 
 
 
      Total costs and expenses   94.2   91.6   93.5  
   
 
 
 
Income from operations   5.8   8.4   6.5  
Interest expense and other income, net   (0.6 ) (0.8 ) (0.6 )
   
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes   5.2   7.6   5.9  

Provision for income taxes

 

(0.6

)

(0.7

)

(1.3

)
   
 
 
 
Net income   4.6 % 6.9 % 4.6 %
   
 
 
 

Year Ended September 30, 2005 Compared to Year Ended September 30, 2004

        Revenue.    Revenue increased $13.5 million, or 17.9%, to $89.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $75.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of completed transactions through our online auction marketplaces. The number of completed transactions increased from approximately 141,000 to 173,000, or 22.9%, in the same period. The amount of gross merchandise volume transacted through our marketplaces increased $13.1 million, or 14.7%, to $102.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $89.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. We believe this increase is attributable to our investment in our sales and marketing organization, as well as increased market acceptance by corporate sellers and professional buyers of our online marketplaces as an efficient channel to auction and purchase wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. We also benefited from our ability to more effectively market offered assets to potential buyers as we gained transaction experience and industry knowledge in the vertical product segments auctioned through our marketplaces. Our marketing efforts resulted in an approximate 46.2% increase in registered buyers to approximately 386,000 at September 30, 2005 from approximately 264,000 at September 30, 2004. In addition, we believe we sold more surplus goods for existing sellers in 2005 as compared to 2004 because we demonstrated enhanced sales values and operational efficiencies.

        Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization).    Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization) increased $0.6 million, or 9.5%, to $6.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $5.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2004, primarily due to the increase in revenue. As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold (excluding amortization) decreased to 7.0% in fiscal 2005 compared to 7.6% in fiscal 2004, primarily due to a decrease in credit card processing fees.

        Profit-sharing distributions.    Profit-sharing distributions increased $9.2 million, or 23.2%, to $48.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $39.7 million for the year ended

47



September 30, 2004, which was primarily due to an increase in revenue from sellers utilizing our profit-sharing model, such as the DoD. As a percentage of revenue, profit-sharing distributions increased to 54.7% in fiscal 2005 from 52.4% in fiscal 2004. As described above in "Non-GAAP Financial Measures," the increase as a percentage of revenue was due primarily to actual profit-sharing distributions paid to DoD being reduced during the 33 month period ended March 2004 as a result of our acquisition of SurplusBid.com in June 2001. Profit-sharing distributions during the last six months of fiscal 2004 and throughout fiscal 2005 were not affected by our SurplusBid.com acquisition and, therefore, we experienced a comparative increase between 2004 and 2005 in profit-sharing distributions as a percentage of revenue.

        Technology and operations expenses.    Technology and operations expenses increased $1.9 million, or 14.7%, to $14.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $12.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. As a percentage of revenue, these expenses decreased to 16.4% in fiscal 2005 from 16.9% in fiscal 2004. The increase was primarily due to the addition of 12 operations personnel needed to support the increased volume of transactions and merchandise discussed above. The decrease as a percentage of revenue is primarily the result of operating efficiencies gained as fixed costs, such as programming staff, were spread over a larger revenue base.

        Sales and marketing expenses.    Sales and marketing expenses increased $0.9 million, or 20.0%, to $5.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $4.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. As a percentage of revenue, these expenses increased to 6.2% in fiscal 2005 from 6.0% in fiscal 2004. The increase was primarily due to our hiring of seven additional sales and marketing personnel and $0.4 million in increased expenditures on marketing and promotional activities across our marketplaces.

        General and administrative expenses.    General and administrative expenses increased $1.4 million, or 22.3%, to $7.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $6.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. As a percentage of revenue, these expenses increased to 8.3% in fiscal 2005 from 8.0% in fiscal 2004. The increase was primarily due to: (1) the addition of three employees in our general and administrative headcount to support our growth and to prepare our company to meet the additional requirements of being a public company; and (2) costs of $0.3 million related to our procurement of the DoD scrap contract. The remaining increase was due to increases in various general and administrative expenses to support the growth in our operations.

        Amortization of contract intangibles.    Amortization of contract intangibles increased $0.1 million, to $0.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2005, from $0.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2004, as a result of our DoD scrap contract award during June 2005. This contract required us to purchase the rights to operate the scrap operations of the DoD during the seven year base term of the contract. The intangible asset created from the $5.7 million purchase is being amortized over 84 months on a straight line basis, which began in August 2005.

        Depreciation and amortization expenses.    Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $0.1 million, or 10.4%, to $0.6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 from $0.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. This increase was due primarily to additional depreciation expense resulting from the purchase of $0.5 million of property and equipment during fiscal year ended September 30, 2005.

        Interest expense and other income, net.    Interest expense and other income, net remained constant at $0.6 million for the years ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004.

        Provision for income tax expense.    Income tax expense increased $0.6 million to $1.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $0.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2004, primarily due

48



to the increase in income before provision for income taxes and the exhaustion of our remaining federal NOLs during the year ended September 30, 2005.

        Net income.    Net income decreased $1.2 million, or 21.8%, to $4.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $5.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. The decrease was due to the result of items discussed above.

Year Ended September 30, 2004 Compared to Year Ended September 30, 2003

        Revenue.    Revenue increased $15.2 million, or 25.0%, to $75.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $60.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2003. This increase was primarily due to increased transaction volume through our online auction marketplaces. The volume of gross merchandise sales conducted through our marketplaces increased $16.8 million, or 23.2%, to $89.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $72.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. We believe this increase is attributable to our investment in our sales and marketing organization as described below. Our marketing efforts increased our number of registered buyers by 76.2% to approximately 264,000 at September 30, 2004 from approximately 150,000 at September 30, 2003.

        Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization).    Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization) increased $1.2 million, or 28.2%, to $5.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $4.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, primarily due to an increase in revenue. As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold (excluding amortization) increased to 7.6% in fiscal 2004 compared to 7.4% in fiscal 2003, primarily due to an increase in shipping costs.

        Profit-sharing distributions.    Profit-sharing distributions increased $9.3 million, or 30.5%, to $39.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $30.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, which was primarily due to an increase in revenue from sellers utilizing our profit-sharing model, such as the DoD. As a percentage of revenue, profit-sharing distributions increased to 52.4% in fiscal 2004 from 50.1% in fiscal 2003. As described above in "Non-GAAP Financial Measures," the increase as a percentage of revenue was due primarily to actual profit-sharing distributions paid to DoD being reduced during the 33 month period ended March 2004 as a result of our acquisition of SurplusBid.com in June 2001. Profit-sharing distributions during the last six months of fiscal 2004 were not affected by our SurplusBid.com acquisition and, therefore, we experienced a comparative increase between 2004 and 2003 in profit-sharing distributions as a percentage of revenue.

        Technology and operations expenses.    Technology and operations expenses increased $2.4 million, or 23.7%, to $12.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $10.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, primarily due to: (1) $1.2 million of start up costs related to our uksurplus.com marketplace; (2) $0.4 million of additional compensation expense for technology personnel; and (3) $0.7 million of additional compensation expense for operations personnel. As a percentage of revenue, these expenses were consistent at 16.9% in fiscal 2004 and 17.0% in fiscal 2003.

        Sales and marketing expenses.    Sales and marketing expenses increased $0.8 million, or 20.7%, to $4.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $3.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, primarily due to the addition of six sales and marketing personnel and $0.5 million of start-up marketing costs related to our uksurplus.com marketplace. As a percentage of revenue, these expenses decreased to 6.0% in fiscal 2004 from 6.3% in fiscal 2003. The decrease as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to our ability to spread promotional costs over a larger revenue base.

        General and administrative expenses.    General and administrative expenses increased $0.2 million, or 4.1%, to $6.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $5.8 million for the year ended

49



September 30, 2003. As a percentage of revenue, these expenses decreased to 8.0% in fiscal 2004 from 9.5% in fiscal 2003. The increase in dollars is attributable to an increase in compensation for existing executive personnel. The decrease as a percentage of revenue is the result of efficiencies gained as the fixed costs of our corporate support structure were spread over a larger revenue base.

        Amortization of contract intangibles.    Amortization of contract intangibles decreased $1.9 million to $0.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $1.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2003. As a result of our acquisition of SurplusBid.com and the related CV1 contract in June 2001, we recognized a significant intangible that was amortized into fiscal 2003 on a straight-line basis over the remaining 24 month term of the CV1 contract, as discussed above in "Non-GAAP Financial Measures." There was no such amortization for the contract in fiscal 2004.

        Depreciation and amortization expenses.    Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $0.1 million, or 14.2%, to $0.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $0.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2003. This increase was primarily due to the purchase of $0.4 million of property and equipment during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004.

        Interest expense and other income, net.    Interest expense and other income, net increased $0.2 million, or 58.8%, to $0.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $0.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2003. The increase in expense was primarily due to increased interest expense on our outstanding $2.0 million of subordinated debt, which was issued in May 2003 and outstanding for the full 2004 fiscal year.

        Provision for income tax expense.    Income tax expense increased $0.2 million, or 54.1%, to $0.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, primarily due to the increase in our income before provision for income taxes. The increase in the provision for income tax was attributable entirely to state income taxes, as we continued to utilize our NOLs to offset federal income taxes otherwise due.

        Net income.    Net income increased $2.5 million, or 89.8%, to $5.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $2.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, as a result of the items discussed above.

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth for the eight most recent quarters (1) selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data, as well as each line item expressed as a percentage of total revenue, (2) supplemental operating data, (3) primary transaction model data and (4) DoD contract data. The unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of this data. This information should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that our quarterly revenue and operating results are likely to vary in the future. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period or for a full year. Factors that may cause our revenue and operating results to vary or fluctuate include those discussed in the "Risk Factor" section of this prospectus.

50


 
  Three months ended
 
 
  Dec. 31,
2003

  Mar. 31,
2004

  June 30,
2004

  Sept. 30,
2004

  Dec. 31,
2004

  Mar. 31,
2005

  June 30,
2005

  Sept. 30,
2005

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data:
                                                 

Revenue

 

$

16,651

 

$

17,989

 

$

20,322

 

$

20,907

 

$

19,817

 

$

22,432

 

$

22,940

 

$

24,225

 
Costs and expenses:                                                  
  Costs of goods sold (excluding amortization)     1,177     1,255     1,662     1,650     1,296     1,521     1,590     1,880  
  Profit-sharing distributions     7,774     9,352     11,016     11,576     10,985     12,830     12,516     12,621  
  Technology and operations     3,078     3,274     3,342     3,120     3,434     3,557     3,665     4,040  
  Sales and marketing     1,118     1,137     1,090     1,241     1,190     1,218     1,375     1,721  
  General and administrative     1,365     1,409     1,492     1,780     1,690     1,674     1,918     2,115  
  Amortization of contract intangibles                                 135  
  Depreciation and amortization     98     121     167     145     141     148     150     146  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total costs and expenses     14,610     16,548     18,769     19,512     18,736     20,948     21,214     22,658  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations     2,041     1,441     1,553     1,395     1,081     1,484     1,726     1,567  
Interest expense and other income, net     (189 )   (94 )   (195 )   (143 )   (110 )   (162 )   (140 )   (158 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes     1,852     1,347     1,358     1,252     971     1,322     1,586     1,409  
Provision for income taxes     (172 )   (122 )   (130 )   (117 )   (353 )   (448 )   (543 )   178  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 1,680   $ 1,225   $ 1,228   $ 1,135   $ 618   $ 874   $ 1,043   $ 1,587  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended

 
 
  Dec. 31,
2003

  Mar. 31,
2004

  June 30,
2004

  Sept. 30,
2004

  Dec. 31,
2004

  Mar. 31,
2005

  June 30,
2005

  Sept. 30,
2005

 
 
  (as a percentage of revenue)

 
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data:
                                 

Revenue

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%
Costs and expenses:                                  
  Costs of goods sold (excluding amortization)   7.1   7.0   8.2   7.9   6.6   6.8   6.9   7.8  
  Profit-sharing distributions   46.7   52.0   54.2   55.4   55.4   57.2   54.6   52.1  
  Technology and operations   18.5   18.2   16.4   14.9   17.3   15.8   16.0   16.7  
  Sales and marketing   6.7   6.3   5.4   5.9   6.0   5.4   6.0   7.1  
  General and administrative   8.2   7.8   7.4   8.5   8.5   7.5   8.4   8.7  
  Amortization of contract intangibles                 0.5  
  Depreciation and amortization   0.6   0.7   0.8   0.7   0.7   0.7   0.6   0.6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total costs and expenses   87.8   92.0   92.4   93.3   94.5   93.4   92.5   93.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations   12.2   8.0   7.6   6.7   5.5   6.6   7.5   6.5  
Interest expense and other income, net   (1.1 ) (0.5 ) (0.9 ) (0.7 ) (0.6 ) (0.7 ) (0.6 ) (0.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes   11.1   7.5   6.7   6.0   4.9   5.9   6.9   5.8  
Provision for income taxes   (1.0 ) (0.7 ) (0.6 ) (0.6 ) (1.8 ) (2.0 ) (2.4 ) 0.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   10.1 % 6.8 % 6.1 % 5.4 % 3.1 % 3.9 % 4.5 % 6.5 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended

 
  Dec. 31,
2003

  Mar. 31,
2004

  June 30,
2004

  Sept. 30,
2004

  Dec. 31,
2004

  Mar. 31,
2005

  June 30,
2005

  Sept. 30,
2005

 
  (dollars in thousands)

Supplemental Operating Data:                                                
Gross merchandise volume   $ 20,062   $ 20,971   $ 23,902   $ 24,169   $ 22,346   $ 25,492   $ 26,529   $ 27,843
Completed transactions     30,000     33,000     38,000     40,000     38,000     37,000     49,000     49,000
Total registered buyers     175,000     211,000     236,000     264,000     292,000     328,000     355,000     386,000
Total auction participants     148,000     162,000     178,000     183,000     197,000     210,000     211,000     230,000

51


 
 
Three months ended

 
  Dec. 31,
2003

  Mar. 31,
2004

  June 30,
2004

  Sept. 30,
2004

  Dec. 31,
2004

  Mar. 31,
2005

  June 30,
2005

  Sept. 30,
2005

Primary Transaction Model Data:                                
As a percentage of gross merchandise volume:                                
  Profit-sharing   77.2%   78.4%   76.2%   78.2%   80.7%   79.3%   74.7%   73.5%
  Consignment   22.3%   18.9%   19.9%   18.1%   15.8%   16.7%   20.2%   20.6%
As a percentage of revenue:                                
  Profit-sharing   93.1%   91.4%   89.6%   90.4%   91.0%   90.1%   86.4%   84.5%
  Consignment   6.4%   5.5%   5.8%   5.3%   4.7%   4.7%   5.8%   5.6%
 
  Three months ended
 
  Dec. 31,
2003

  Mar. 31,
2004

  June 30,
2004

  Sept. 30,
2004

  Dec. 31,
2004

  Mar. 31,
2005

  June 30,
2005

  Sept. 30,
2005

DoD Contract Data:                                
As a percentage of gross merchandise volume:                                
  Surplus   77.2%   78.4%   76.2%   78.2%   80.7%   79.3%   74.7%   72.4%
  Scrap                 1.1%
As a percentage of revenue:                                
  Surplus   93.1%   91.4%   89.6%   90.4%   91.0%   90.1%   86.4%   83.2%
  Scrap                 1.3%

        Our prior quarterly operating results have fluctuated due to changes in our business and the e-commerce industry. Similarly, our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance. Factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include the following:


        Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods. If this occurs, even temporarily, it could cause volatility in our stock price.

52


Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Historically our primary cash needs have been working capital (including capital used for inventory purchases), which we have funded primarily through cash generated from operations. During 2005 we utilized our cash on hand, as well as our borrowings under our senior credit facility, to provide additional capital resources: (1) to fund our costs associated with the procurement of our DoD scrap contract, including a $5.7 million acquisition payment; and (2) to purchase the assets of Wholesale411.com. As of September 30, 2005, we had approximately $10.4 million in cash and approximately $3.1 million available under our $5.5 million senior credit facility.

        Substantially all of our sales are recorded subsequent to payment authorization being received, utilizing credit cards, wire transfers and PayPal, an Internet based payment system, as methods of payments. As a result, we are not subject to significant collection risk, as goods are generally not shipped before payment is received.

Changes in Cash Flows: 2005 Compared to 2004

        Net cash provided by operating activities increased $0.5 million to $6.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 from $5.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. For the year ended September 30, 2005, net cash provided by operating activities primarily consisted of net income of $4.1 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $0.7 million and an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $1.8 million, offset in part by other expenses of $0.4 million and a net increase in accounts receivable, inventory and prepaid assets of $0.1 million. For the year ended September 30, 2004, net cash provided by operating activities primarily consisted of net income of $5.3 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $0.5 million, other expenses of $0.3 million and an increase in accounts payable and other liabilities of $1.6 million, offset in part by an increase in accounts receivable, inventory and prepaid assets of $2.1 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $3.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 and $3.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2005 consisted primarily of $5.7 million for the purchase of the scrap contract, $3.8 million for the purchase of Wholesale411.com and the 3.1% minority interest in one of our subsidiaries, and capital expenditures of $0.5 million for purchases of equipment, offset by the net proceeds from short-term investments of $6.8 million. Net cash used in investing activities in 2004 consisted primarily of net purchases of short-term investments of $2.6 million and capital expenditures of $0.4 million for purchases of equipment.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2005 and net cash used in financing activities was $3.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2004. Net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2005 primarily reflected $2.4 million in borrowings under our senior credit facility and $0.2 million from the sale of common stock issued upon option exercises. These amounts were offset by $0.5 million of common stock repurchases and $0.1 million of payments made on notes payable and capital leases. Net cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2004 reflected $19.7 million from the sale of our Series C preferred stock and $0.3 million from the sale of common stock issued upon option exercises, which was offset by a $20.2 million special dividend to holders of our capital stock, and the repurchase of the remaining outstanding shares of our Series A and B preferred stock for $1.8 million. In addition, we made principal payments on notes payable and capital leases of $1.4 million and $0.1 million of repayments made on capital lease obligations. The proceeds from the sale of our Series C preferred stock were used to pay the special dividend to holders of our capital stock. We did not use our operating cash flow to fund the payment of this dividend.

53



Changes in Cash Flows: 2004 Compared to 2003

        Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $0.5 million to $5.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 from $6.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2003. For the year ended September 30, 2004, net cash provided by operating activities primarily consisted of net income of $5.3 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $0.5 million, other expenses of $0.4 million and an increase in accounts payable and other liabilities of $1.6 million, offset in part by an increase in accounts receivable, inventory and prepaid assets of $2.2 million. For the year ended September 30, 2003, net cash provided by operating activities primarily consisted of net income of $2.8 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $2.3 million, other expenses of $0.3 million and a net increase in accounts receivable, inventory, and prepaid assets of $0.1 million, and an increase in other liabilities of $1.4 million, offset by a decrease in accounts payable of $0.8 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $3.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 and $3.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2003. Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2004 consisted primarily of net purchases of short-term investments of $2.6 million and capital expenditures of $0.4 million for purchases of equipment. Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2003 consisted primarily of net purchases of short-term investments of $3.5 million and capital expenditures of $0.2 million for purchases of equipment.

        Net cash used in financing activities was $3.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2004 and $1.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2003. Net cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2004 reflected $19.7 million from the sale of our Series C preferred stock and $0.3 million from the sale of common stock issued upon option exercises, which was offset by a $20.2 million special dividend to holders of our capital stock, and the repurchase of the remaining outstanding shares of our Series A and B preferred stock for $1.8 million. In addition, we made principal payments on notes payable and capital leases of $1.4 million. Net cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2003 primarily reflected $2.0 million in borrowings under our subordinated note and $0.2 million from the sale of common stock issued upon option exercises, which was offset by $3.3 million of principal payments made on notes payable and capital leases.

        Capital Expenditures.    Our capital expenditures consist primarily of computers and purchased software, office equipment, furniture and fixtures, and leasehold improvements. The timing and volume of such capital expenditures in the future will be affected by the addition of new customers or expansion of existing customer relationships. We expect capital expenditures to range from $0.5 million to $1.0 million in the fiscal year ending September 30, 2006. We intend to fund those expenditures primarily from operating cash flows. Our capital expenditures for the year ended September 30, 2005 were $0.5 million. As of September 30, 2005, we had no outstanding commitments for capital expenditures.

        Senior credit facility.    In June 2005, we expanded our senior credit facility from $0.75 million to $3.0 million and borrowed approximately $2.0 million. We used these borrowings to acquire Wholesale411.com and to fund the costs incurred by us in procuring our DoD scrap contract. During July 2005, we further expanded our senior credit facility from $3.0 million to $5.5 million and eliminated several financial covenants that were no longer applicable to our business. We also increased the term from one year to two years, due July 2007. The senior credit facility bears an annual interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.25%. As of September 30, 2005, we had $2.4 million of indebtedness outstanding under our senior credit facility. As of September 30, 2005, our borrowing availability under our senior credit facility was $3.1 million, of which $1.0 million is set aside as a contractual obligation under our scrap contract operations. The obligations under our senior credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by us and each of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized subsidiaries (other than our subsidiaries organized to service our DoD contracts) and secured on a first priority basis by

54



security interests (subject to permitted liens) in substantially all assets owned by us, and each of our other domestic subsidiaries, subject to limited exceptions noted above. Our credit agreement contains a number of affirmative and restrictive covenants including limitations on mergers, consolidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, investments and acquisitions, indebtedness and liens, and dividends and other restricted payments. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to repay all the outstanding indebtedness under our senior credit facility. See "Use of Proceeds."

        Note payable.    In May 2003, we issued a subordinated note to an unaffiliated third party in exchange for $2 million in cash. The note bears interest at 12% per annum and is secured by a junior lien on substantially all of our assets. The note is due May 2008. We began monthly payments in May 2005 pursuant to the terms of the note. As additional consideration, we issued fully vested warrants to purchase 517,094 shares of our common stock. The aggregate exercise price of the warrants was $10.00. All of the warrants have previously been exercised. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to retire the note. See "Use of Proceeds."

        We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, excluding the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the development and deployment of new marketplaces, the introduction of new value added services and the costs to establish additional distribution centers. Although we are currently not a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, products or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. The sale of additional equity securities or convertible debt securities would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. Additional debt would result in increased interest expense and could result in covenants that would restrict our operations. We have not made arrangements to obtain additional financing and there is no assurance that such financing, if required, will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

Preferred Stock Financings

        In September 2004, we issued 3,262,643 shares of Series C preferred stock to entities related to ABS Capital Partners in exchange for approximately $20 million in cash. In December 2004, we used all of the proceeds from this transaction to pay a special dividend to all holders of our capital stock. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the outstanding shares of the Series C preferred stock will be converted into shares of common stock.

        Our Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock were either repurchased or converted into common stock in 2003 and 2004. We have no outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock.

Contractual and Commercial Commitments

        The table below represents our significant commercial commitments as of September 30, 2005. Notes payable, borrowings under our senior credit facility and capital leases are reflected on our September 30, 2005 balance sheet. Operating leases, which represent commitments to rent office and warehouse space in the United States and Europe, are not reflected on our balance sheets.

55


 
  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1 to 3
years

  3 to 5
years

  5+ years
 
  (in thousands)

Senior credit facility (1)   $ 2,400   $   $ 2,400   $   $
Notes payable (1)     2,026     410     1,616        
Operating leases     7,572     1,443     2,932     1,880     1,317
Capital leases     198     153     45        
   
 
 
 
 
Total contractual cash obligations   $ 12,196   $ 2,006   $ 6,993   $ 1,880   $ 1,317
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
To be repaid with a portion of our proceeds from this offering.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any transactions, obligations or relationships that could be considered material off-balance sheet arrangements.

New Accounting Pronouncements

        In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (Statement 123(R)), which is a revision of SFAS No. 123. Statement 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their estimated fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. We adopted the provisions of Statement 123(R) on October 1, 2005, using the prospective method. Unvested stock-based awards issued prior to October 1, 2005 and disclosed in the accompanying September 30, 2005 consolidated financial statements using the minimum value method (rather than the estimated fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model) will be accounted for at the date of adoption using the intrinsic value method originally applied to those awards. Therefore, in the future, we will not have any compensation expense related to these awards.

        As permitted by SFAS No. 123, we currently account for share-based payments to employees using the intrinsic value method and, as such, recognizes no compensation cost when employee stock options are granted with exercise prices equal to the fair value of the shares on the date of grant. Accordingly, the adoption of Statement 123(R)'s fair value method may have a significant impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on its overall financial position. The impact of adoption of Statement 123(R) cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend significantly on levels of share-based payments granted in the future.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Interest rate sensitivity. After the completion of the offering, we will not have any debt and thus will not have any related interest rate exposure. Our investment policy requires us to invest funds in excess of current operating requirements. The principal objectives of our investment activities are to preserve principal, provide liquidity and maximize income consistent with minimizing risk of material loss.

        As of September 30, 2005, our cash and cash equivalents consisted primarily of money market funds. The recorded carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Our interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates in the United States, particularly since the majority of our investments are short-term in nature. Due to the nature of our short-term investments, we have concluded that we do not have material market risk exposure.

        Exchange rate sensitivity. We consider our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations to be minimal, as less than five percent of our sales are denominated in foreign currencies. We have not engaged in any hedging or other derivative transactions to date.

56



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a leading online auction marketplace for wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. We enable buyers and sellers to transact in an efficient, automated online auction environment offering over 500 product categories. Our marketplaces provide professional buyers access to a global, organized supply of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets presented with digital images and other relevant product information. Additionally, we enable our corporate and government sellers to enhance their financial return on excess assets by providing a liquid marketplace and value-added services that integrate sales and marketing, logistics and transaction settlement into a single offering. We organize our products into categories across major industry verticals such as consumer electronics, general merchandise, apparel, scientific equipment, aerospace parts and equipment, technology hardware, and specialty equipment. Our online auction marketplaces are www.liquidation.com, www.govliquidation.com and www.uksurplus.com. We also operate a wholesale industry portal, www.goWholesale.com, that connects advertisers with buyers seeking products for resale and related business services.

        We believe our ability to create liquid marketplaces for wholesale, surplus and salvage assets generates a continuous flow of goods from our corporate and government sellers. This flow of goods in turn attracts an increasing number of professional buyers to our marketplaces. During the year ended September 30, 2005, the number of registered buyers grew from approximately 264,000 to approximately 386,000, and the number of monthly searches on our websites grew from approximately 1.3 million to 3.9 million. During the past three fiscal years, we have conducted over 436,000 online transactions generating approximately $264 million in gross merchandise volume. Approximately 90% of our initial listings have resulted in a completed cash sale during the past three fiscal years.

        In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, we generated revenue of $89.4 million through multiple sources, including transaction fees from sellers and buyers, revenue sharing arrangements, value-added service charges and online advertising fees. Our revenue has grown at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 26% since fiscal year 2002. Additionally, we have been profitable and cash flow positive for each quarter since the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2002.

Industry Overview

        While a well-established forward supply chain exists for the procurement of assets, most manufacturers, retailers, corporations and government agencies have not made significant investments in the reverse supply chain process. The reverse supply chain addresses the redeployment and remarketing of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. These assets generally consist of retail customer returns, overstock products and end-of-life goods from both the corporate and government sectors. According to D.F. Blumberg Associates, Inc., a research and consulting firm, the estimated reverse logistics market in North America will grow from approximately $38.5 billion in 2004 to over $63.1 billion in 2008.

        The supply of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets in the reverse supply chain results from a number of factors, including:

57



        Organizations that manufacture, distribute, sell or use finished goods regularly need to dispose of excess inventory or returned merchandise. We believe the management and remarketing of surplus assets traditionally has been an inefficient process. While many organizations spend considerable resources developing systems and channels supporting the flow of finished goods to their core customers, we believe that many have not historically dedicated significant resources to the reverse supply chain. Factors contributing to these inefficiencies in the reverse supply chain include the lack of:

        Traditional methods of surplus asset disposition include ad-hoc, negotiated direct sales, utilization of individual brokers or sales agents and live on-site auctions. Additionally, we believe brokers specializing in surplus asset disposition are generally highly fragmented, geographically dispersed and predominantly small business owners. The manual, negotiated and geographically dispersed nature of traditional surplus resale methods result in a lack of pricing transparency for offered goods and a lower number of potential buyers and bids, which we believe typically lead to lower recovery rates for sellers.

        A significant number of professional buyers seek wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. They include online and offline retailers, convenience and discount stores, value-added resellers such as refurbishers and scrap recyclers, import and export firms and small businesses. Traditionally, these buyers have had limited access to large sellers of surplus assets, relying instead on their own network of industry contacts and fixed-site auctioneers to locate, evaluate and purchase specific items of interest. Traditional methods are inefficient for buyers due to the lack of:

        The Internet has emerged as a global medium enabling millions of people worldwide to share information, communicate and conduct business electronically. International Data Corporation (IDC), a provider of global IT research and advice, estimates global business-to-business, or B2B, e-commerce will increase at a compound annual growth rate of 27.9% between 2004 and 2009 from $2,176 billion to $7,446 billion. (Source: IDC, Worldwide Internet Usage and Commerce 2005-2009 Forecast

58



Version 10.1, Doc #34256, October 2005). We believe professional buyers of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets increasingly will use the Internet to identify and source goods available for immediate purchase.

Our Solution

        Our solution is comprised of our online auction marketplaces, value-added services and our wholesale search and advertising portal. Our marketplaces and services are designed to provide sellers with a comprehensive solution to quickly bring surplus assets to market and enhance the financial value realized from the sale of these surplus assets while providing buyers with confidence in the goods they purchase. We provide sellers access to a liquid marketplace with thousands of professional buyers. Through our relationships with sellers, we provide buyers convenient access to a substantial and continuous flow of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. We provide buyers with products in over 500 categories in lot sizes ranging from full truck loads to pallets, packages and large individual items. Our solution combines centralized marketplaces with a full suite of integrated sales, marketing, merchandising, fulfillment, payment collection, dispute mediation and logistics services. We provide sellers a convenient method of remarketing wholesale, surplus and salvage assets, including preparation of sales information, optional warehousing of goods, settlement and transaction reporting. For any given asset, buyers have access in a centralized location to a detailed product description, product manifest, digital images of a product, relevant transaction history regarding the seller, shipping weights, product dimensions and estimated shipping costs to the buyer's location.

        The following chart provides a summary of our online marketplace solution:

GRAPHIC

        We believe our marketplaces benefit over time from greater scale and adoption by our constituents. As of September 30, 2005, we had aggregated approximately 386,000 registered buyers in our marketplaces. Aggregating this level of buyer demand enables us to generate a continuous flow of goods from corporate and government sellers, which in turn attracts an increasing number of professional buyers. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, we had approximately 848,000 auction participants in our online auctions from our registered buyers. During fiscal year 2005, we grew

59



our registered buyer base by 46.2% or approximately 122,000. As buyers continue to discover and use our online trading platform as an effective method to source assets, we believe our marketplaces become an increasingly attractive sales channel for corporations and government agencies. We believe this self-reinforcing cycle results in greater transaction volume and enhances the value of our marketplaces.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We have created liquid marketplaces for virtually any type, quantity or condition of wholesale, surplus or salvage assets. The strengths of our business model include:

Aggregation of supply and demand for wholesale, surplus and salvage assets

        Our ability to aggregate sellers and buyers through our marketplaces is a fundamental strength of our business model. Sellers benefit from a liquid market and more competitive bidding through our large base of professional buyers, which enhances returns. Buyers benefit from our relationships with high-volume, corporate and government sellers, which provides them with continuous access to a comprehensive selection of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. Our solution eliminates the need for sellers and buyers to rely on the highly fragmented and geographically dispersed group of traditional liquidators. Instead, sellers and buyers can conveniently access our online marketplaces for all of their wholesale, surplus and salvage asset needs.

Integrated and comprehensive solution

        Our marketplaces are designed to provide sellers and buyers with a comprehensive solution for the online sale and purchase of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. We offer a full suite of value-added services to simplify the sales process for sellers and improve the utility of our marketplaces for buyers. For corporate and government sellers, we provide sales, marketing, logistics and customer support services that are fully integrated with our marketplaces, creating operational and informational efficiencies. For many of these sellers, asset disposition is not a core business function or where they desire to dedicate internal resources. With our solution, we manage each step of the transaction for sellers. Sellers simply make goods available at their facilities or deliver them to our distribution centers and we deliver the profits after the sale is completed. We provide a one stop solution to enable professional buyers of any size throughout the world to purchase assets in an efficient manner. For these buyers, we provide a broad range of services to give them the information necessary to make a more informed bid and to ensure that they ultimately receive the goods purchased. Our buyer services include intelligent alerts, search tools, dynamic pricing, shipping and delivery, secure settlement, live customer support and dispute resolution. Our solution also includes our wholesale industry portal, which provides sellers with an opportunity to target advertising to wholesale buyers and provides buyers with access to a single online destination for sourcing wholesale products and related services.

Flexible and aligned transaction model

        We offer two primary transaction models to our sellers, consignment and profit-sharing. Under both models, our compensation is based on the proceeds received from cash sales. These profit-sharing arrangements are designed to maximize returns for us and our sellers by aligning our economic interests.

Faster cycle times for our sellers

        We believe our marketplace solution allows sellers to complete the entire sales process more rapidly than through traditional auction methods. Our solution generally reduces the sales and

60



marketing cycle as compared to traditional auction methods. As a result, sellers are able to reduce inventory quickly, generate additional working capital and reduce the cost of carrying unwanted assets.

Our Strategy

        Our objective is to build upon our position as a leading online marketplace for selling wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. The key elements of our strategy are:

Grow our buyer base and increase the total number of auction participants

        We intend to increase our buyer base and the total number of auction participants and competition within each auction by attracting new buyers and leveraging our database of existing professional buyers. We intend to attract new buyers by using a variety of online and traditional marketing programs. In addition, we plan to use the comprehensive buyer profiles, preferences and transactional data we have compiled over the past several years for our existing professional buyers to enable us to identify and market assets available through our auctions to the most likely buyers. We believe these initiatives will help us to increase the total number of auction participants, lead to higher selling prices and increase loyalty among our buyer base.

Increase penetration of existing sellers

        We intend to increase our sales by increasing business with our existing sellers. For many of our sellers, we currently handle only a small portion of the available supply of these assets. In recent years, we have developed relationships with large corporations and government agencies that offer significant growth opportunities by increasing our share of their supply of surplus assets. For example, on behalf of the United States Department of Defense, we initially handled sales of its surplus personal property classified as "useable" in the United States and have recently expanded this relationship to include additional locations and property classifications, such as "useable" surplus property in the United Kingdom and surplus "scrap" property in the United States.

Develop new seller relationships

        We intend to attract additional corporate and government sellers to our marketplaces. We believe the vast majority of corporations and government agencies still rely on inefficient traditional disposition methods for their surplus assets such as regional auctions or bulk sales to local buyers and liquidators. We believe our demonstrated performance record coupled with an expanded sales and marketing initiative will allow us to attract additional corporate and government sellers. As part of our sales and marketing initiative, we plan to hire additional sales professionals and increase our marketing and advertising to sellers in our target markets.

Develop and enhance features and services

        We intend to develop and enhance marketplace features and services that benefit both buyers and sellers. With each completed auction, we gain greater insight into the optimal ways of marketing goods in the reverse supply chain and the needs of buyers and sellers within the wholesale industry. Recent new service offerings, such as automated shipping coordination, return processing for retail sellers and online invoicing, have enhanced our operations and user experience. We intend to continue to develop new tools to further automate our solution in order to enhance the value we provide to buyers and sellers and improve the scalability of our business.

Expand our wholesale industry portal business

        We intend to further expand our advertising and search engine distribution network and develop products that enable wholesale buyers and sellers to more readily create and organize relevant industry

61



information. As a result, our growing base of advertisers can cost-effectively connect with these potential customers of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. Our wholesale industry portal provides another value-added resource to assist buyers and sellers in sourcing goods and services via the Internet.

Acquire complementary businesses

        We intend to increase our share of the supply of wholesale, surplus and salvage goods sold by expanding our operations geographically and across new complementary markets. To support this growth, we intend to continue our disciplined and targeted acquisition strategy. Our approach focuses on identifying target companies that will offer us new or complementary areas of expertise, technology advancements, client bases and geographic territories. In considering each acquisition scenario, we evaluate the merits of the individual opportunity and determine whether to employ a "buy" or "build" strategy.

Our Marketplaces

        Our online auction marketplaces serve as an efficient and convenient method for the sale of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. Through our online auction sites, sellers and professional buyers come together to transact for goods sold "as-is, where-is," generally without the discretionary right to return the merchandise. Items sold in our marketplaces range from new, used, salvage and scrap materials. We operate the following online marketplaces:

        Our three online auction marketplaces are designed to address the particular requirements and needs of our constituents. Although our buyers may access and register on a single marketplace, we use numerous cross-marketing and cross-promotional methods to ensure that buyers are exposed to all of our marketplaces and to all product categories in which they have expressed an interest. For example, we display cross-search results for all our marketplaces in response to key word searches in a single marketplace.

62



Our Value-Added Services

        We have integrated value-added services into our solution to simplify the sale process for sellers and improve the utility of our marketplaces for buyers. Unlike other online auction sites on which sellers post information on the auction website and deal directly with the buyer to complete a sale, we manage each step of the transaction. We perform all required pre-sale value-added services such as receiving and lotting of the merchandise and implementing marketing strategies. After an online auction transaction is executed, we perform all required post-sale value-added services such as payment collection, settlement and reporting. We believe these services contribute significantly to an enhanced selling price and a higher level of confidence for our buyers. Additionally, we improve compliance with the various policies, regulations and sale restrictions of our corporate and government sellers. Our employees provide the majority of our value-added services, outsourcing to third-party vendors in limited cases.

        Seller services.    We offer value-added services to sellers in three areas: (1) sales and marketing, (2) logistics and (3) settlement and customer support.

63


        Buyer services.    Many of the services we provide to sellers also benefit buyers by providing them with the information necessary to make a more informed bid and to receive the goods they purchased. Our buyer focused services include the following:

Our Wholesale Industry Portal

        In June 2004, we launched www.goWholesale.com, a wholesale industry portal supported by advertising and search services. goWholesale.com provides buyers of wholesale, surplus or salvage goods with tools to search for goods on the Internet and provides an avenue for manufacturers, drop shippers, distributors, importers and wholesalers to reach professional buyers. goWholesale.com also provides a single online destination for buyers to find specific products for resale and related business services. We developed this portal to provide advertisers with the ability to reach our growing network of professional buyers. Additionally, we believe that users of this site may have an interest in products offered in our marketplaces.

        Our goWholesale.com portal is designed to allow advertisers to reach highly targeted wholesale buyer audiences in a more effective and efficient manner than other major search engine alternatives. Our wholesale industry portal focuses on three broad areas: generating leads for advertisers; providing access to a broad range of industry specific content for professional buyers; and creating an online community for the exchange of information by participants in the wholesale industry.

        Each component of our portal delivers a variety of services, including:

Lead generation

  Content

  Community

• Key word advertising
• Banner advertising
• Seller directory
• Sponsorship
• Newsletter advertising
  • Wholesale auctions
• Industry news
• Classified ads
• Trade show directory
  • Community forum
• Seller ratings
• Web logs (blogs)
• Web seminars

64


Sales and Marketing

        We utilize a direct sales and marketing force to acquire and manage our seller accounts. As of September 30, 2005, we had 28 sales and 17 marketing personnel. Our sales activities are focused primarily on acquiring new sellers and our marketing activities are focused primarily on acquiring new buyers and increasing existing buyer participation.

Sales

        Our sales personnel develop seller relationships, establish agreements to provide our services and manage the business accounts on an on-going basis. Our sales representatives focus on building long-term relationships with sellers that we believe will generate recurring transactions. They also leverage our years of experience and database of completed transactions to identify which of our various services would be beneficial to each new or existing seller.

        Our sales group is organized to serve three distinct groups of sellers: large corporate accounts, medium to small corporate accounts and government accounts. This approach is based on our experience in understanding and serving the unique needs of each type of seller:

Our sales personnel receive a salary and performance-based commissions.

Marketing

        We use a variety of online and traditional marketing to attract and activate professional buyers to maximize the number of bidders participating in our online marketplaces as well as to support our sales team:

65


        All marketing activities are measured according to the level of auction participation derived in our marketplaces and the cost effectiveness of each action.

Technology and Infrastructure

        Our marketplaces are fully web-based and can be accessed from any Internet enabled computer by using a standard web browser. Our technology systems enable us to automate and streamline many of the manual processes associated with finding, evaluating, bidding on, paying for and shipping wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. The technology and content behind our marketplaces and integrated value-added services were developed in-house by full-time employees, providing us with control and the ability to make rapid enhancements to better fit the specific needs of our business and customers. Our marketplaces are supported by a common database architecture and a shared system application. This infrastructure provides:

        We have designed our websites and supporting infrastructure to be highly robust and to support new services and increased traffic. Our servers are fully-managed and hosted in a physically and network-secure environment at data centers in Ashburn, Virginia, which is managed by Equinix, Inc., and in Phoenix, Arizona, which is managed by Sterling Network Services. Every critical piece of our application is fully redundant and we maintain off-site back-ups as well as a disaster recovery facility. Our network connectivity offers high performance and scalability to accommodate increases in website traffic. Since January 1, 2003 we have experienced no material service interruptions on our online marketplaces.

        Our applications support multiple layers of security, including password-protected log-ins, encryption technology to safeguard information transmitted in web sessions and firewalls to help prevent unauthorized access to our network and servers. We devote significant efforts to protect our systems from intrusion.

Operations

        Supporting large organizations that have a recurring need to sell surplus, wholesale and salvage assets requires systematic processes to enhance the financial value and convenience received by our customers. We believe we have integrated all of the required operational processes into our solution to allow our online auctions to run efficiently and to effectively support our buyers and sellers. Our operations group is comprised of three functions: (1) buyer relations; (2) shipping logistics; and (3) distribution center operations.

66



Buyer relations

        Our buyer relations group supports the completion of buyer transactions by managing the buyer registration and qualification process, answering questions and requests from buyers, collecting buyer payments and resolving disputes. Our websites contain extensive information about buying through our online marketplaces, including an online tutorial regarding the use of our marketplaces, answers to frequently-asked buyer questions and an indexed help section. Buyers are able to contact a customer service representative by e-mail or phone if they need additional support.

Shipping logistics

        Our shipping logistics group manages and coordinates inbound and outbound shipping of merchandise for sellers and buyers. We offer, as part of our value-added services, integrated shipping services and price quotes through multiple shipping carriers. In addition, our shipping coordination group personnel monitor the performance and service level of our network of carriers to ensure speed and quality.

Distribution center operations

        Our distribution center operations group performs selected pre-sale and post-sale value-added services at our distribution centers and at seller locations. These activities include unloading, manifesting and reporting of discrepancies for all received assets and the sales preparation of offered assets, including lotting and organizing offered assets, writing product descriptions, capturing digital images, and providing additional optional value-added services such as delabeling, cleaning and repackaging. Our distribution center operations group personnel also arrange the outbound shipping or pick-up of purchased assets with our buyers.

Competition

        The online services market for auctioning or liquidating wholesale, surplus and salvage assets is competitive and growing rapidly. We currently compete with:

        We expect our market to become even more competitive as traditional and online liquidators and auctioneers continue to develop online and offline services for disposition, redeployment and remarketing of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. In addition, manufacturers, retailers and additional government agencies may decide to create their own websites to sell their own wholesale, surplus and salvage assets and those of third parties. Competitive pressures could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

        Some of our other current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, larger client bases, greater brand recognition and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. In addition, some of these competitors may be able to devote greater financial resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, secure merchandise from sellers on more favorable terms, adopt more aggressive pricing or inventory availability policies and devote substantially more resources to website and systems development than we are able to do. Increased competition may result in reduced operating margins and loss of market share. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

67



Our Contracts with the United States Department of Defense

        We are the exclusive contractor with the Defense Reutilization and Marketing Service, or DRMS, for the sale of surplus and scrap assets of the United States Department of Defense, or DoD, in the United States. This relationship provides a significant supply of goods that we offer to our buyer base through our online marketplace www.govliquidation.com. In support of these contracts, we manage property in over 1 million square feet of military warehouse space at over 150 military bases throughout the United States.

        We have two material contracts with DoD under which we acquire, manage and sell government property. The largest contract was awarded in June 2001 and relates to usable surplus property of DoD turned into DRMS and located in the United States, Puerto Rico and Guam, such as computers, electronics, office supplies, equipment, aircraft parts, clothing and textiles. The second contract was awarded in June 2005 and relates to substantially all scrap property of DoD turned into the DRMS, such as metals, alloys, and building materials. Property sold under the contracts is "demilitarized" prior to sale and does not include weapons or hazardous materials.

        The surplus contract expires in June 2008 and accounted for 95.8%, 91.0% and 87.5% of our revenue and 80.5%, 77.5% and 76.5% of our gross merchandise volume for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The scrap contract expires in August 2012, subject to the DoD's right to extend for three additional one-year terms. The scrap contract was not operational until August 2005 and accounted for less than 1% of our revenue in fiscal year 2005. The contracts were awarded in competitive bids conducted by DoD, and we may be required to go through a new competitive bidding process when our existing contracts expire.

        Under the surplus property contract, we are obligated to purchase all DoD surplus property at set prices representing a percentage of the original acquisition cost, which varies depending on the type of surplus property being purchased. Under the scrap contract, we acquire scrap property at a per pound price. When we resell property under the contracts, we are entitled to approximately 20% of the profits of sale (defined as gross proceeds of sale less allowable operating expenses) and DoD is entitled to approximately 80% of the profits. DoD also reimburses us for actual costs incurred for packing, loading and shipping property under the contracts that we are obligated to pick up from non-DoD locations.

        The contracts require us to satisfy export control and other regulatory requirements in connection with sales. Specifically, for specified categories of property sold under the contracts that are subject to export controls, we are required to (1) obtain an end-use certificate from the prospective buyer describing the nature of the buyer's business, describing the expected disposition and specific end-use of the property, and acknowledging the applicability of pertinent export control and economic sanctions laws and (2) confirm that each buyer has been cleared to purchase export-controlled items. Applicable export controls include the Export Administration Regulations enforced by the Bureau of Industry and Security ("BIS") of the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the International Traffic In Arms Regulations enforced by the Directorate of Defense Trade Controls ("DDTC") of the U.S. Department of State. Our collection, settlement tools and procedures are designed so that transactions for these categories of property cannot be completed until we receive a completed end-use certificate and confirmation of the buyer's trade security controls clearance. In addition, we do not combine export-controlled property into auction lots with property not subject to export controls.

        We are also prohibited from selling property to persons or entities that appear on lists of restricted or prohibited parties maintained by the United States or other governments, including the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury and the Entity List maintained by BIS, the Denied Persons List maintained by BIS and the Debarred Parties List maintained by DDTC. In addition, we are prohibited

68



from selling to countries, regimes, or nationals that are the target of applicable economic sanctions or other embargoes. As part of each sale, we collect information from potential customers that our systems cross reference against a list of restricted or prohibited parties and countries, regimes, or nationals that are the target of economic sanctions or other embargoes in order to comply with these restrictions. Failure to satisfy any of these export control and other regulatory requirements could subject us to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of the DRMS contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or debarment from doing business with U.S. federal government agencies.

        The contracts may be terminated by DoD or us if rate of return proceeds performance ratios do not exceed specified benchmark ratios for two consecutive quarterly periods and the preceding twelve months. We have never failed to meet the required benchmark ratio with respect to our surplus contract during any of the testing periods. The first testing period for the scrap contract will be the twelve month period ending on June 30, 2006. DoD also has the right to audit our performance under the contracts. DoD may terminate the contracts and seek other contract remedies in the event of material breaches, provided that it provides us notice and a 30-day opportunity to cure such breaches.

Government Regulation

        We are subject to federal and state consumer protection laws, including laws protecting the privacy of customer non-public information and regulations prohibiting unfair and deceptive trade practices. Furthermore, the growth and demand for online commerce has and may continue to result in more stringent consumer protection laws that impose additional compliance burdens on online companies. Many jurisdictions also regulate "auctions" and "auctioneers" and may regulate online auction services. These consumer protection laws and regulations could result in substantial compliance costs and could interfere with the conduct of our business.

        In many states, there is currently great uncertainty whether or how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, auctions and auctioneering, libel and personal privacy apply to the Internet and commercial online services. These issues may take years to resolve. For example, tax authorities in a number of states, as well as a Congressional advisory commission, are currently reviewing the appropriate tax treatment of companies engaged in online commerce, and new state tax regulations may subject us to additional state sales and income taxes. New legislation or regulation, the application of laws and regulations from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to our business or the application of existing laws and regulations to the Internet and commercial online services could result in significant additional taxes or regulatory restrictions on our business. These taxes or restrictions could have an adverse effect on our cash flows and results of operations. Furthermore, there is a possibility that we may be subject to significant fines or other payments for any past failures to comply with these requirements.

        In connection with our contracts with the U.S. federal government, the U.S. federal government has the right to audit and review our performance on our government contracts, as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, our business is subject to government regulation based on the products we sell under our government contracts. We sell merchandise, such as scientific instruments, information technology equipment and aircraft parts, that is subject to government requirements such as obtaining an export license in certain circumstances or an end-use certificate from the buyer. In the United States, these requirements include, among others, the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, International Traffic in Arms Regulations and the economic sanctions and embargo laws enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulations. If a government audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, or if we are alleged to have violated any laws or regulations governing the products we sell under our government contracts, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture

69



of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment from doing business with U.S. federal government agencies.

Intellectual Property

        We regard our intellectual property, particularly domain names, copyrights and trade secrets, as critical to our success. We rely on a combination of contractual restrictions and common law copyright and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary rights, know-how, information and technology. These contractual restrictions include confidentiality and non-compete provisions. We generally enter into agreements containing these provisions with our employees, contractors and third parties with whom we have strategic relationships. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property without our authorization. We currently are the registered owners of several Internet domain names, including www.liquidation.com, www.govliquidation.com, www.uksurplus.com and www.goWholesale.com. We pursue the registration of our domain names in the U.S. and internationally. We currently do not have any patents or registered copyrights, trademarks or service marks, but we may pursue patents or registration of such intellectual property in the future. Effective patent, copyright, trademarks, trade secret and domain name protection is expensive to maintain and may require litigation. We seek to protect our domain names in an increasing number of jurisdictions and may not be successful in certain jurisdictions.

        We rely on technologies that we license from third parties. These licenses may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms in the future. As a result, we may be required to obtain substitute technology of lower quality or at greater cost, which could materially adversely effect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        We do not believe that our business, sales policies or technologies infringe the proprietary rights of third parties. However, third parties have in the past and may in the future claim that our business, sales policies or technologies infringe their rights. We expect that participants in the e-commerce market will be increasingly subject to infringement claims as the number of services and competitors in the industry grows. Any such claim, with or without merit, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation or an injunction or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements might not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all or may be prohibited by an injunction. As a result, any such claim of infringement against us could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Employees

        As of September 30, 2005, we had 286 U.S. employees, comprising 42 in sales and marketing, 16 in technology, 13 in customer service, 191 in operations and 24 in finance and administrative functions. In addition, as of that date, in the United Kingdom, we had 18 employees, comprising 3 in sales and marketing, 2 in customer service, 10 in operations and 3 in finance and administrative functions.

        We believe that we have good relationships with our employees. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees is represented under a collective bargaining agreement or by a union.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we may become involved in litigation relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. There are no claims or actions pending or threatened against us that, if adversely determined, would in our judgment have a material adverse effect on us.

70



Facilities

        Our headquarters, including our principal executive office and administrative office, is located in Washington, D.C. and consists of approximately 10,000 square feet. Beginning February 1, 2006, our principal executive and administrative office will be in a new location in Washington, D.C. We will occupy this space, which will consist of approximately 13,000 square feet, pursuant to a lease that will expire on January 31, 2013.

        We also lease a warehouse distribution facility in Cranbury, New Jersey that consists of approximately 49,000 square feet. This lease expires on December 31, 2009. We lease another facility for warehouse storage and distribution in Dallas, Texas that consists of approximately 50,000 square feet. This lease expires on April 30, 2008. We also lease a facility in Stafford, England that consists of approximately 40,000 square feet and is used by our field and logistics personnel to manage the receipt and outbound processing of seller assets.

        We lease a facility in Scottsdale, Arizona for our corporate center that serves the U.S. Department of Defense and consists of approximately 11,000 square feet. This lease expires on September 30, 2008.

        Our servers are housed in data centers in Ashburn, Virginia, which is managed by Equinix, Inc., and in Phoenix, Arizona, which is managed by Sterling Network Services.

71



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Key Employees and Directors

        The following table sets forth information about our executive officers, key employees and directors, including their ages as of September 30, 2005.

Name

  Age
  Position

William P. Angrick, III*   37   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
Jaime Mateus-Tique*   38   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Benjamin R. Brown*   32   Chairman, LSI's Technology Advisory Committee, and
Chief Technology Officer, Government Liquidation, LLC
James M. Rallo*   39   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Thomas B. Burton*   47   President and Chief Operating Officer, Government Liquidation, LLC
James E. Williams*   38   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Asad Haroon**   41   Chief Marketing Officer and General Manager,
Advertising Solutions
Holger Schwarz**   42   Executive Vice President and General Manager,
Liquidity Services Ltd.
Phillip A. Clough   44   Director
Patrick W. Gross   61   Director
Franklin D. Kramer   59   Director

(1)
Audit committee member
(2)
Corporate governance and nominating committee member
(3)
Compensation committee member
*
Denotes executive officer
**
Denotes key employee

        William P. Angrick, III is a co-founder of our company who has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of LSI since January 2000. Mr. Angrick served as Vice President of Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown's Consumer and Business Services Investment Banking Group from 1995 to 1999. Mr. Angrick holds an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and a B.B.A. with honors from the University of Notre Dame. Mr. Angrick earned his CPA certificate in 1990.

        Jaime Mateus-Tique is a co-founder of our company who has served as President, Chief Operating Officer and Director of LSI since April 2000. Mr. Mateus-Tique served as a senior engagement manager at McKinsey & Co., a management consulting firm, from September 1995 to March 2000. Mr. Mateus-Tique holds an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and a master's degree from Ecole Des Hautes Etudes Commerciales in Paris.

        Benjamin R. Brown is a co-founder of our company who has served as Chairman of LSI's Technology Advisory Committee, and Chief Technology Officer of Government Liquidation, LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, since August 2001. Mr. Brown served as Chief Technology Officer of LSI from January 2000 to August 2001. Mr. Brown was a consultant as lead developer and architect for IBM, Delta, Hewlett Packard, Merrill Lynch and Simon & Schuster from 1995 to 1999. Mr. Brown holds a B.B.A. with honors from the University of Georgia in Management Information Systems and Risk Management.

72



        James M. Rallo has served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of LSI since February 2005. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Rallo served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Sleep Services of America, Inc. from July 1999 to February 2005. Mr. Rallo served as Vice President of Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown's Healthcare Investment Banking Group from June 1995 to July 1999. Mr. Rallo holds an M.B.A. from the Smith School of Business at the University of Maryland and a B.S. from Washington and Lee University. Mr. Rallo earned his CPA certificate in 1991.

        Thomas B. Burton has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Government Liquidation, LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, since June 2001. Mr. Burton served as LSI's Director of Government Surplus from September 2000 through May 2001. Prior to joining our company in September 2000, Mr. Burton served as the Western Region Director of EG&G Technical Services, a government contractor, from August 1990 to September 2000. Mr. Burton holds a B.S. from Cameron University.

        James E. Williams has served as our Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since November 2005. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Williams was an independent consultant from March 2004 to November 2005. Mr. Williams served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from October 2003 until February 2004 and as Senior Corporate Counsel from July 2002 to September 2003 for Acterna, a provider of telecommunications and test and measurement solutions that was recently acquired by JDS Uniphase Corporation. From June 2000 to June 2002 he served as Assistant General Counsel for PathNet Telecommunications, formerly a wholesale telecommunications provider. Mr. Williams was a corporate associate at the law firms of Kirkland & Ellis and Wilson Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati. He received his B.A. from Brown University and his J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School.

        Asad Haroon has served as Chief Marketing Officer and General Manager, Advertising Solutions, of LSI since May 2004. From September 2000 to May 2004, Mr. Haroon served in various capacities with LSI, including Director of Marketing, Vice President of Marketing and Business Development and Vice President of Marketing. Prior to joining our company in September 2000, Mr. Haroon served as Manager of Strategy Services for OneSoft Strategy Services, an e-commerce solutions company, from March 1999 to August 2000. Mr. Haroon holds an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and a B.S. in computer engineering from Harvey Mudd College.

        Holger Schwarz has served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of Liquidity Services Ltd., our wholly-owned subsidiary dedicated to serving European clients such as the UK Ministry of Defence, since April 2004. Mr. Schwarz served as General Manager of LSI's Central/North/Eastern Europe business unit from January 2001 to April 2004. Prior to joining our company in January 2001, Mr. Schwarz served as Marketing Director for Philips Northern Europe, a Dutch company, from February 1999 to December 2000. Mr. Schwarz holds a master's degree (FH) in business economics from FSBH Dresden.

        Phillip A. Clough has served as a director of LSI since September 2004. Since September 2001, Mr. Clough has been a General Partner of ABS Capital Partners ("ABS"), a private equity firm focused on investments in growth companies in the technology, business services, media and communications and health care industries. Prior to joining ABS, Mr. Clough was President and Chief Executive Officer of Sitel Corporation, a publicly traded global provider of outsourced customer support services, from May 1998 to March 2001. In addition to serving as a director of LSI, Mr. Clough currently serves on the board of directors of various private companies.

73



        Patrick W. Gross has served as a director of LSI since February 2001. Mr. Gross has served as Chairman of The Lovell Group, a private business and technology advisory and investment firm, from October 2002. Mr. Gross is a founder of, and served in a variety of positions from 1970 to September 2002 at, American Management Systems, Inc., a publicly traded information technology consulting, software development, and systems integration firm. Mr. Gross is also a director of Capital One Financial Corporation, a publicly traded commercial bank, as well as Mobius Management Systems, Inc., a publicly traded provider of integrated solutions for total content management. Mr. Gross also currently serves on the board of directors of various private companies.

        Franklin D. Kramer has served as a director of LSI since September 2001. Since February 2004, Mr. Kramer has been an independent consultant. From March 2001 to May 2005, Mr. Kramer was a lawyer with Shea & Gardner, now Goodwin Procter LLP. Mr. Kramer has served as director and consultant of Changing World Technologies, Inc., a privately held energy and environmental service company, since February 2002 and January 2004, respectively. From February 2002 to December 2003, Mr. Kramer served as Executive Vice President of Changing World Technologies. From March 1996 through February 2001, Mr. Kramer served as Assistant U.S. Secretary of Defense for International Security Affairs. Mr. Kramer currently serves on the board of directors of various organizations and private companies.

Board of Directors

        Our board of directors currently consists of five members: Messrs. Angrick, Mateus-Tique, Clough, Gross and Kramer. Upon completion of this offering, we will have a board of directors consisting of six members. Our bylaws will provide that our board of directors consists of no less than three persons. The exact number of members of our board of directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of our board of directors. As of the closing of this offering, a majority of our board of directors will be "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. As of the date of this prospectus, Messrs. Clough, Gross and Kramer are our independent directors.

        As of the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes that will serve staggered three-year terms:


        The Class I directors will be,                        ,                         and                         , the Class II directors will be            ,                         and                         , and the Class III directors will be                        ,                         and                         . At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms will expire on such date shall serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The number of directors may be changed only by resolution of a majority of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so as to ensure that no one class has more than one director more than any other classes. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of management.

74


Committees of the Board

        As of the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below:

        Audit Committee.    The audit committee is responsible for assisting the Board of Directors in its oversight of the integrity of our consolidated financial statements, the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors, and our internal financial and accounting controls. The audit committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention (including termination) and oversight of our independent auditors, and our independent auditors report directly to the audit committee. The audit committee will consist of            ,             and                        will be our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under the Securities and Exchange Commission rules. We expect that each member of the audit committee will be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including our balance sheet, income statement and cash flows statements. We also expect that the members of the audit committee will not be employees of our company and that the Board of Directors will determine that each member of the audit committee is independent (as independence is defined in the current listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market and Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

        Compensation Committee.    The compensation committee determines our general compensation policies and the compensation provided to our directors and officers. The compensation committee also reviews and determines bonuses for our officers and other employees. In addition, the compensation committee reviews and determines equity-based compensation for our directors, officers, employees and consultants and administers our stock option plans. The members of the compensation committee will be            and             . We expect that each member of the compensation committee will be a non-employee director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and an independent director (as independence is defined in the current listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market).

        Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.    The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board. In addition, the corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to the board concerning corporate governance matters. The members of the corporate governance and nominating committee will be            ,             and            . We expect that none of the corporate governance and nominating committee will be employees of our company and that the Board of Directors will determine that each member of the corporate governance and nominating committee is independent (as independence is defined in the current listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market).

Compensation of Directors

        Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to compensate non-employee directors for their service on our board. Each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of $25,000. In addition to the foregoing, the chairman of our audit committee will receive an annual retainer of $10,000. We also reimburse our directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors or committees. Non-employee directors will be eligible to receive an annual option grant valued at $30,000 (as determined pursuant to the Black-Scholes option pricing model). These options will have a one year vesting period and will be exercisable for a three year period under our 2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan described below.

75



Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the directors who will serve on the compensation committee following the closing of this offering has ever been employed by our company. No interlocking relationships exist between any member of our board of directors or compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company, nor did any interlocking relationship exist during fiscal year 2005. Messrs. Clough, Gross and Kramer served on our compensation committee during fiscal year 2005.

Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth the total compensation paid or accrued during the year ended September 30, 2005 for William P. Angrick, III, our Chief Executive Officer, and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose combined salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 during fiscal year 2005 for services rendered to us in all capacities. In this prospectus we may refer to these officers, together with the Chief Executive Officer, as our named executive officers.


Summary Compensation Table

 
  Annual compensation
  Long-term
compensation
Awards

   
Name and principal position

  Year
  Salary
  Bonus
  Securities
underlying
options (#)

  All other
compensation(1)

William P. Angrick, III
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
  2005   $ 212,917   $     $ 5,250

Jaime Mateus-Tique
President, Chief Operating Officer

 

2005

 

 

182,500

 

 

72,000

 


 

 

5,250

Benjamin Brown
Chairman, LSI's Technology Advisory Committee, and Chief Technology Officer, Government Liquidation, LLC

 

2005

 

 

181,731

 

 

65,830

 


 

 

2,870

James M. Rallo(2)
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

2005

 

 

121,282

 

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

 

2,667

Thomas B. Burton
President and Chief Operating Officer, Government Liquidation, LLC

 

2005

 

 

223,269

 

 

109,991

 

59,500

 

 

3,784

(1)
All other compensation represents matching contributions made by us to the Liquidity Services, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (for Messrs. Angrick, Mateus-Tique and Rallo) and the Government Liquidation.com LLC 401(k) Plan (for Messrs. Brown and Burton).
(2)
Mr. Rallo joined our company in February 2005.

76


Stock Options

        The table below contains information concerning the grant of options to purchase shares of our common stock to the named executive officers during the year ended September 30, 2005. The percentage of total options granted to the named executive officers set forth below is based on an aggregate of 868,750 shares subject to options granted to our employees in fiscal year ended September 30, 2005.


Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 
   
   
   
   
  Potential realizable value at
assumed annual rates of
stock price appreciation
for option term

 
  Number of
securities
underlying
options
granted

   
   
   
 
  Percent of total
options granted
to employees in
last fiscal year

   
   
Name

  Exercise
price

  Expiration
date

  5%
  10%
William P. Angrick, III       $     $   $
Jaime Mateus-Tique                  
Benjamin Brown                  
James M. Rallo (1)   250,000   28.8 %   2.00   2/25/15     3,378,321     5,394,869
Thomas B. Burton(2)   59,500   6.9 %   3.00   6/8/15     744,540     1,224,479

(1)
Shares subject to this option vests 25% on February 25, 2005, the grant date, and 2.083% per month thereafter for the following 36 months. Mr. Rallo's option was granted at the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on the date of grant. Mr. Rallo's option has a term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination in certain events related to the cessation of Mr. Rallo's employment with us.
(2)
Shares subject to this option vests as to one-fourth (1/4) on June 8, 2006, one year anniversary of the grant date, and at a rate of one-forty eighth (1/48) per month as of the first day of each month thereafter. Mr. Burton's option was granted at the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on the date of grant. Mr. Burton's option has a term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination in certain events related to the cessation of Mr. Burton's employment with us.

        The amounts shown in the table above for Mr. Rallo and Mr. Burton as potential realizable value represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the respective options if exercised at the end of the option term. These amounts represent assumed rates of appreciation in the value of our common stock from the fair market value on the date of grant. Potential realizable values in the table above are calculated by:

The 5% and 10% assumed rates of appreciation are suggested by the rules of the SEC and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future common stock price. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will be dependent on the future performance of our common stock.

77


Fiscal Year-End Option Values

        The table below sets forth information for the named executive officers with respect to the value of their options outstanding as of September 30, 2005. None of the named executive officers exercised any stock options during the year ended September 30, 2005.


Fiscal Year-End Option Values

 
  Number of securities underlying
unexercised options at
September 30, 2005

  Value of unexercised
in-the-money options at
September 30, 2005(1)

Name

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
William P. Angrick, III       $   $
Jaime Mateus-Tique            
Benjamin Brown            
James M. Rallo   5,208   151,042     15,624     453,126
Thomas B. Burton     59,500         119,000

(1)
There was no public trading market for our common stock as of September 30, 2005. Accordingly, these values have been calculated based on the fair value of the underlying shares as of September 30, 2005 of $5 per share, as determined by our board of directors, less the applicable exercise price per share, multiplied by the number of underlying shares.

Employment Agreements

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Angrick effective as of January 1, 2004. The agreement provides that Mr. Angrick will be employed as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and that his employment will continue until terminated by either party pursuant to the terms of the agreement. Mr. Angrick is entitled to receive an initial annual base salary under the agreement of $210,000, which may be increased but not decreased. During fiscal year 2005, Mr. Angrick received a salary of $212,917, which was approved by the Board of Directors. Mr. Angrick is also eligible for an annual incentive bonus as approved by our compensation committee of up to 80% of his base salary, subject to the achievement of certain milestones. He is also eligible to receive bonuses for the completion of projects that increase stockholder value. If Mr. Angrick's employment is terminated as a result of his death, his estate will receive his base salary through the next full calendar month and all other unpaid amounts. If Mr. Angrick's employment is terminated because of disability, he is entitled to his base salary through the third full calendar month after termination and all other unpaid amounts, provided that his base salary will be reduced by any amounts received under any disability insurance. This agreement also provides that if his employment with our company is terminated by us other than for good cause, disability or death, or is terminated by Mr. Angrick for good reason, Mr. Angrick is entitled to receive (1) his base salary through the date of termination and all other unpaid amounts and (2) a lump-sum severance package equal to six months of the sum of his base salary plus an amount equal to his average annual bonus for the previous two fiscal years. All severance payments made by us to Mr. Angrick will be payable within 30 days of notice of termination.

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Mateus-Tique effective as of January 1, 2004. The agreement provides that Mr. Mateus-Tique will be employed as our President and Chief Operating Officer and that his employment will continue until terminated by either party pursuant to the terms of the agreement. Mr. Mateus-Tique is entitled to receive an initial annual base salary under the agreement of $180,000, which may be increased but not decreased. During fiscal year 2005, Mr. Mateus-Tique received a salary of $182,500, which was approved by the Board of Directors. Mr. Mateus-Tique is also eligible for an annual incentive bonus as approved by the compensation

78



committee of up to 67% of his base salary, subject to the achievement of certain milestones. He is also eligible to receive bonuses for the completion of projects that increase shareholder value. If Mr. Mateus-Tique's employment is terminated as a result of his death, his estate will receive his base salary through the next full calendar month and all other unpaid amounts. If Mr. Mateus-Tique's employment is terminated because of disability, he is entitled to his base salary through the third full calendar month after termination and all other unpaid amounts, provided that his base salary will be reduced by any amounts received under any disability insurance. This agreement also provides that if his employment with our company is terminated by us other than for good cause, disability or death, or is terminated by Mr. Mateus-Tique for good reason, Mr. Mateus-Tique is entitled to receive (1) his base salary through the date of termination and all other unpaid amounts and (2) a lump-sum severance package equal to six months of the sum of his base salary plus an amount equal to his average annual bonus for the previous two fiscal years. All severance payments made by us to Mr. Mateus-Tique will be payable within 30 days of notice of termination.

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Brown effective as of June 15, 2001. The agreement provides that Mr. Brown will be employed as Chief Technology Officer of Government Liquidation.com, LLC, our subsidiary, and that his employment will continue until terminated by either party pursuant to the terms of the agreement. Mr. Brown is entitled to receive an initial annual base salary under the agreement of $135,000, which may be increased but not decreased. During fiscal year 2005, Mr. Brown received a salary of $181,731, which was approved by the Board of Directors. This agreement also provides that if his employment with our company is terminated by us other than for good cause, disability or death, or is terminated by Mr. Brown for good reason, Mr. Brown is entitled to receive (1) his base salary through the date of termination and all other unpaid amounts; (2) a lump-sum severance package equal to six months of the sum of his base salary; and (3) healthcare benefits for six months. All severance payments made by us to Mr. Brown will be conditioned upon Mr. Brown's execution of a release of all claims against us, our affiliates, officers, directors and employees. If Mr. Brown is re-employed or becomes self-employed, we may, at our option, eliminate or otherwise reduce the amount of payments owed to Mr. Brown because of termination due to disability, termination by us without good cause or termination by Mr. Brown for good reason.

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Rallo effective as of February 21, 2005. The agreement provides that Mr. Rallo will be employed as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer until February 20, 2009. Mr. Rallo is entitled to receive an annual base salary under the agreement of not less than $200,000 and annual increases of no less than 5% of the initial base salary. Mr. Rallo joined the company in February 2005. Mr. Rallo is also eligible for an annual incentive bonus of up to 50% of his salary and it must be at least $50,000, subject to the achievement of certain deliverables and milestones. He is also eligible to receive 6% of annualized cash savings generated for our company in the first annual period such cost savings are implemented, subject to a cap of $100,000. Mr. Rallo also received pursuant to the agreement options to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock in February 2005 at a per share exercise price equal to $2.00, which was the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors. The options granted pursuant to this agreement vest 25% upon the date of the grant and 2.083% per month thereafter for the following 36 months. This agreement also provides that if his employment with our company is terminated by us other than for good cause, disability or death, or is terminated by Mr. Rallo for good reason, Mr. Rallo is entitled to receive (1) his base salary through the date of termination and all other unpaid amounts, (2) a lump-sum severance package equal to twelve months of the sum of his base salary plus an amount equal to his average annual bonus for the previous two fiscal years and (3) a lump-sum amount that shall initially equal $100,000 and shall decrease by 10% each month from February 2005 until December 2005. After December 2005, the lump-sum amount equal to $100,000 will be zero. All severance payments made by us to Mr. Rallo will be payable within 30 days of notice of termination.

79



        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Burton effective as of June 15, 2001, with a one year term with automatic one year renewals. The agreement provides that Mr. Burton will be employed as President of Government Liquidation, LLC, our subsidiary, and that his employment will continue until terminated by either party pursuant to the terms of the agreement. Mr. Burton is entitled to receive an initial annual base salary under the agreement of $175,000, which may be increased but not decreased. During fiscal year 2005, Mr. Burton received a salary of $223,269, which was approved by the Board of Directors. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Burton received options to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.05 per share. The options vest 25% upon the first anniversary of Mr. Burton's employment and 2.083% per month thereafter for the following 36 months. In addition, Mr. Burton is eligible to receive an initial performance bonus upon the attainment of certain milestones under the Commercial Venture II contract, which is up to 33% of his base salary. This agreement also provides that if his employment with our company is terminated by us other than for good cause or Mr. Burton's disability or death, Mr. Burton is entitled to receive (1) his base salary through the date of termination and all other unpaid amounts and (2) a lump-sum severance package equal to six months of the sum of his base salary plus healthcare benefits. All severance payments made by us to Mr. Burton will be conditioned upon Mr. Burton's execution of a release of all claims against us, our affiliates, officers, directors and employees.

        We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Williams effective as of November 11, 2005. The agreement provides that Mr. Williams will be employed as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary until November 11, 2008. Mr. Williams is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $160,000, which may be increased but not decreased. Mr. Williams is also eligible for an annual incentive bonus of up to 33% of his base salary upon the achievement of certain deliverables and milestones as approved by the compensation committee. He is also eligible for a discretionary bonus based on his performance and contributions. If Mr. Williams' employment is terminated because of his death, his estate will receive his base salary through the next full calendar month and all other unpaid amounts. If Mr. Williams' employment is terminated because of his disability, he will receive his base salary through the third full calendar month after termination and all unpaid amounts, provided that his base salary will be reduced by any amounts received under disability insurance or other policies we provide. This agreement also provides that if his employment with our company is terminated by us other than for good cause, disability or death, or is terminated by Mr. Williams for good reason, Mr. Williams is entitled to receive (1) his base salary through the termination date and all other unpaid amounts and (2) a lump-sum severance package equal to one month of his base salary plus an amount equal to one month of the average annual bonus earned by him for the previous two fiscal years. The severance payment will increase by two weeks for each year of employment commencing 12 months after the effective date of this agreement and is capped at six months. The severance payment made by us to Mr. Williams will be paid within 30 days of notice of termination. Mr. Williams also received pursuant to this agreement options to purchase 55,000 shares of our common stock in December 2005 at a per share exercise price of $7.00, which was the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors. The options granted pursuant to this agreement vest 25% upon the first anniversary of Mr. Williams' employment and 2.083% monthly thereafter for the following 36 months. These options will fully vest in the event Mr. Williams is terminated without cause following a change of control of our company.

        We also have confidentiality, noncompetition and intellectual property agreements with the named executive officers. These agreements typically provide that the employee may not disclose or transfer any of our confidential information to any person, business entity or other organization without authorization from us, and that the employee may not, during his or her employment with us and for 24 months thereafter, compete with us or hire or solicit any of our employees for employment with another person or entity or in any way interfere with the relationship we have with any of our employees, clients or other business relations. These agreements typically also provide that all ideas,

80



designs, works and inventions made by the employee in the course of his or her employment with us are our exclusive property, and that the copyrights of all writings produced by the employee during the course of his or her work for us are the property of our company.

Benefit Plans

2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors adopted the 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan amended and restated our 2000 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, which was adopted by our board of directors on January 3, 2000 and approved by our stockholders on that same date. The 2005 Plan allows us to issue awards of stock options. Our and any of our subsidiaries' eligible employees and other service providers are eligible to receive awards under the 2005 Plan, including officers, directors, consultants and advisors. As of September 30, 2005, we had 913,285 options outstanding under the 2005 Plan. The Plan is administered by our board of directors, which selects the participants to receive awards and determines the terms and conditions of such awards. No additional awards will be made under the 2005 Plan after our stockholders approve the 2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is described below.

2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors approved the 2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the 2006 Plan, on December 2, 2005. Our stockholders will approve the 2006 Plan prior to the offering. The purpose of the 2006 Plan is to attract and to encourage the continued employment and service of, and maximum efforts by, our officers, key employees and other key individuals by offering those persons an opportunity to acquire or increase a direct proprietary interest in our operations and future success. Our 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan will be terminated when our 2006 Plan becomes effective immediately after the closing of this offering.

        There are currently 5,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2006 Plan and no awards have been granted under the 2006 Plan. The maximum number of shares subject to options or stock appreciation right that can be awarded under the 2006 Plan to any person is 1,000,000 per year. The maximum number of shares that can be awarded under the 2006 Plan to any person, other than pursuant to an option or stock appreciation right, is 700,000 per year. The maximum amount that may be earned as an annual incentive award or other cash award in any fiscal year by any one person is $3,000,000 and the maximum amount that may be earned as a performance award or other cash award in respect of a performance period by any one person is $5,000,000.

        Administration.    The 2006 Plan is administered by our compensation committee. Subject to the terms of the 2006 Plan, the compensation committee may select participants to receive awards, determine the types of awards and terms and conditions of awards, and interpret provisions of the 2006 Plan. Options and stock appreciation rights may not be amended to lower their exercise prices without stockholder approval.

        Stock Reserved for Issuance Under the 2006 Plan.    The common stock to be issued under the 2006 Plan consists of authorized but unissued shares and treasury shares. If any shares covered by an award are not purchased or are forfeited, or if an award otherwise terminates without delivery of any common stock, then the number of shares of common stock counted against the aggregate number of shares available under the plan with respect to the award will, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, again be available for making awards under the 2006 Plan. In addition, if the exercise price of an option, or the withholding obligation of a grantee with respect to any award, is satisfied by tendering shares (including by attestation) or withholding shares, the number of shares tendered or

81



withheld will not reduce the number of shares available under the 2006 Plan. Shares issued under the 2006 Plan pursuant to awards assumed in connection with mergers and acquisitions by us also will not reduce the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2006 Plan.

        Eligibility.    Awards may be made under the 2006 Plan to our employees or our consultants, including to any such person who is an officer or director, and to any other individual whose participation in the 2006 Plan is determined to be in our best interests by our compensation committee.

        Amendment or Termination of the Plan.    The board of directors may terminate or amend the 2006 Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, that, no amendment may adversely impair the rights of grantees with respect to outstanding awards. Further, unless terminated earlier the 2006 Plan will terminate ten years after its approval by the board of directors. Amendments will be submitted for stockholder approval to the extent required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or other applicable laws, rules or regulations.

        Options.    The 2006 Plan permits the granting of options to purchase shares of common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under the Internal Revenue Code and stock options that do not qualify as incentive stock options ("non-qualified stock options"). The exercise price of each stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. However, if an optionee, who holds at least 10% of our common stocks, receives an incentive stock option, the exercise price of such incentive stock option may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. An exception to these requirements is made for options that we grant in substitution for options held by employees of companies that we acquire. In such a case the exercise price is adjusted to preserve the economic value of the employee's stock option from his or her former employer.

        The term of each stock option is fixed by the compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. However, if an optionee, who holds at least 10% of our common stock, receives an incentive stock option, the term of such incentive stock option may not exceed 5 years. The compensation committee determines at what time or times each option may be exercised and the period of time, if any, after retirement, death, disability or termination of employment during which options may be exercised.

        Options may be made exercisable in installments. The exercisability of options may be accelerated by the compensation committee. In general, an optionee may pay the exercise price of an option by cash, certified check, by tendering shares of our common stock (which if acquired from us have been held by the optionee for at least six months), or by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise.

        Stock options granted under the 2006 Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged or assigned other than by will or under applicable laws of descent and distribution. However, we may permit limited transfers of non-qualified options for the benefit of immediate family members of grantees to help with estate planning concerns.

        Other Awards.    The compensation committee may also award under the 2006 Plan:

82


        Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code Compliance.    Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits publicly-held companies to an annual deduction for federal income tax purposes of $1,000,000 for compensation paid to their chief executive officer and the four highest compensated executive officers (other than the chief executive officer) determined at the end of each year (the "covered employees"). However, performance-based compensation is excluded from this limitation. Although the 2006 Plan is currently not subject to Section 162(m) because Section 162(m) provides for a grace period following an initial public offering, the 2006 Plan is designed to permit the compensation committee to grant awards that qualify as performance-based for purposes of satisfying the conditions of Section 162(m) at such time as the 2006 Plan becomes subject to Section 162(m).

        Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions.    Certain change of control transactions involving us may cause awards granted under the 2006 Plan to vest, unless the awards are continued or substituted for by the surviving company in connection with the change of control transaction.

        Adjustments for Stock Dividends and Similar Events.    The compensation committee may make appropriate adjustments in outstanding awards and the number of shares available for issuance under the 2006 Plan, including the individual limitations on awards, to reflect common stock dividends, stock splits, extraordinary dividends and other similar events.

401(k) Plans

        We maintain the Liquidity Services, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing and Trust Plan, which is intended to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the terms of this plan, eligible employees may elect to contribute a portion of their eligible compensation as salary deferral contributions to the plan, subject to statutorily prescribed limits. This 401(k) plan permits, but does not require, that we make discretionary matching contributions. The employer makes a matching contribution under this 401(k) plan of 50% of the employee's pre-tax deferrals, up to 6% of the employees' eligible compensation.

        Our subsidiary Government Liquidation.com, LLC maintains a separate 401(k) plan, the Government Liquidation.com LLC, 401(k) Plan, for the benefit of its employees. Under the terms of this plan, eligible employees may elect to contribute a portion of their eligible compensation as salary deferral contributions to the plan, subject to statutorily prescribed limits. The employer makes a matching contribution under this 401(k) plan of 50% of the employee's pre-tax deferrals, up to 6% of the employees' eligible compensation.

83



RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        We have adopted a policy that all transactions between our company and our officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates will be on terms no less favorable to our company than could be obtained by our company from unrelated third parties, and will be approved by the Audit Committee.

        In September 2004, we issued 3,262,643 shares of Series C preferred stock to entities related to ABS Capital Partners in exchange for approximately $20 million in cash. In December 2004, we used all of the proceeds from this transaction to pay a special dividend to all holders of our capital stock. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Changes in Cash Flows: 2005 Compared to 2004" for a discussion of our Series C preferred stock financing in September 2004.

84



PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table presents information concerning the beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock as of October 31, 2005 by:

        Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or dispositive power over securities. The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 22,290,697 shares of common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2005, which assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series C preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,262,643 shares of common stock, and 27,290,697 shares of common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering. Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2005, are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 
  Number of shares
beneficially owned

  Percentage of
shares outstanding

   
 
  Number of
shares to be
sold in
the offering

Beneficial owner(1)

  Before
offering

  After
offering

  Before
offering

  After
offering(2)

5% Stockholders:                    
Entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners(3)   3,262,643   3,262,643   14.6 % 12.0 %

Named Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
William P. Angrick, III(4)   10,327,668   9,294,901   46.3   34.1   1,032,767
Jaime Mateus-Tique(5)   4,594,288   4,134,859   20.6   15.2   459,429
Benjamin R. Brown(6)   1,526,981   1,374,290   6.9   5.0   152,691
James M. Rallo(7)   114,583   114,583   *   *  
Thomas B. Burton   255,000   204,000   1.1   *   51,000 —
Phillip A. Clough(8)   3,262,643   3,262,643   14.6   12.0  
Patrick W. Gross   150,000   150,000   *   *  
Franklin D. Kramer   150,000   150,000   *   *  
   
 
 
 
 
All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)   20,381,163   18,685,276   91.4 % 68.4 % 1,695,887
                     

85



Selling Stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Allegiance Capital L.P.(9)   517,094     2.3 %   517,094
Mark Cowan(10)   100,000     *     100,000
Mike Dodd(11)   150,000   100,000   *   *   50,000
Asad Haroon(12)   300,415   253,415   1.3   *   47,000
Anthony Humpage(13)   90,000   72,000   *   *   18,000
Laurent Nguyen(14)   74,687   14,687   *   *   60,000
Holger Schwarz(15)   178,230   156,331   *   *   21,899
Silke Schwarz(16)   160,000   123,669   *   *   36,331
Other selling stockholders as a group (11 persons)(17)   221,051   86,900   *   *   152,151

*
Less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
(1)
Unless otherwise noted, we believe that each of the stockholders has sole voting and dispositive powers with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially owned by it, him or her. In addition, unless otherwise noted, the address of each of the persons or entities included in the table is c/o Liquidity Services, Inc., 2131 K Street, NW, 4th Floor, Washington, DC 20037.
(2)
Assumes the issuance and sale of 5,000,000 shares offered hereby but excludes any common stock that may be issued upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option in connection with this offering.
(3)
Consists of the following shares held by the following entities:
    (a)
    2,887,105 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P. ("ABS Capital Partners IV");
    (b)
    96,664 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P. ("ABS Capital Partners IV-A");
    (c)
    165,817 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, L.P. ("ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore"); and
    (d)
    113,057 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore, L.P. ("ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore," and together with ABS Capital Partners IV, ABS Capital Partners IV-A, ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, the "ABS Entities").

ABS Partners IV, LLC is the general partner of these entities and has voting and dispositive powers over these shares. The address for these entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners is 400 East Pratt Street, Suite 910, Baltimore, MD 21202-3116.
(4)
Includes:
    (a)
    500,000 shares of common stock held by the William P. Angrick, III 2005 Qualified Grantor Retained Annuity Trust; and
    (b)
    500,000 shares of common stock held by the Stephanie S. Angrick 2005 Qualified Grantor Retained Annuity Trust.

The shares to be sold were acquired upon (1) a distribution from a former stockholder, (2) the exercise of the holder's stock options under our 2000 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, which was later amended as our 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "Option Plan"), (3) the exercise of warrants and (4) the conversion of our Series A preferred stock pursuant to our certificate of incorporation. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, 701,738 additional shares will be sold by Mr. Angrick.
(5)
Includes 700,000 shares of common stock held by the Jaime Mateus-Tique 2005 Qualified Grantor Retained Annuity Trust. The shares to be sold were acquired upon the exercise of the holder's

86


(6)
Includes 175,000 shares of common stock held by the Benjamin Brown 2005 Qualified Grantor Retained Annuity Trust. The shares to be sold were acquired upon exercise of the holder's stock options under the Option Plan and upon exercise of warrants. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, 153,215 additional shares will be sold by Mr. Brown.
(7)
Includes 20,833 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options held by Mr. Rallo that are currently exercisable or that are exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2005.
(8)
Consists of:
    (a)
    2,887,105 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV;
    (b)
    96,664 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV-A;
    (c)
    165,817 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore; and
    (d)
    113,057 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore.

Mr. Phillip Clough is a managing member of ABS Partners IV, LLC, which is the general partner of the ABS Entities. ABS Partners IV, LLC exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the ABS Entities. Mr. Clough disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. The address for these entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners is 400 East Pratt Street, Suite 910, Baltimore, MD 21202-3116.
(9)
The shares to be sold were acquired upon exercise of warrants.
(10)
The shares to be sold were acquired upon exercise of the holder's stock options under the Option Plan.
(11)
The shares to be sold were acquired upon exercise of the holder's stock options under the Option Plan.
(12)
Includes 63,678 stock options currently exercisable or that are exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2005. The shares to be sold were acquired upon exercise of the holder's stock options under the Option Plan.
(13)
The shares to be sold were acquired upon exercise of the holder's stock options under the Option Plan.
(14)
The shares to be sold were acquired upon exercise of the holder's stock options under the Option Plan.
(15)
The shares to be sold were acquired upon exercise of the holder's stock options under the Option Plan.
(16)
The shares to be sold were acquired upon the transfer of shares from Holger Schwarz.
(17)
Each of these selling stockholders is selling 40,000 or fewer shares of common stock, and all such persons beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 1% of our common stock. These shares were acquired upon exercise of the holders' stock options granted under the Option Plan and include 32,643 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options held by the selling stockholders that are currently exercisable or that are exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2005.

87



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock, stock will consist of 120,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value. The following description summarizes important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant portions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Common Stock

        General.    As of September 30, 2005, there were 19,025,971 shares of common stock outstanding and 41 stockholders of record. After this offering, there will be 27,288,614 shares of our common stock outstanding.

        Voting Rights.    The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose.

        Dividends.    Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

        Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up.    Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.

        Preemptive Rights.    Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock.

        Assessment.    All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        As of September 30, 2005, there were 3,262,643 shares of Series C preferred stock. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the outstanding shares of the Series C Redeemable Preferred stock will be converted into shares of common stock. The board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 5,000,000 undesignated shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the number of shares, designations, preferences, powers, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications or restrictions thereof. The preferences, powers, rights and restrictions of different series of preferred stock may differ with respect to dividend rates, amounts payable on liquidation, voting rights, conversion rights, redemption provisions, sinking fund provisions, and purchase funds and other matters. The issuance of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock or adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of

88



common stock, and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company.

Warrants

        As of September 30, 2005, there were warrants outstanding to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock, at a weighed average exercise price of $2.00. The warrants expire in 2011 and 2012.

Registration Rights

        Pursuant to the registration rights agreement dated September 3, 2004, after this offering, the holders of 3,262,643 shares of common stock to be converted from our Series C preferred stock will have rights to require us to register for public resale under the Securities Act their converted shares of common stock. This "demand" registration right is available six months after our initial public offering and must be demanded by holders of at least 20% of then outstanding as converted shares of common stock. Once registration is requested, all other holders of registrable shares may join in the registration statement, provided that if demand registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise in writing that the number of converted shares of common stock to be included in the registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, the number of shares that may be included in the offering may be limited by a formula set forth in the rights agreement. This demand registration right is subject to certain restrictions, including our ability to defer registration in certain cases and restrictions in lock-up agreements that such stockholders have signed in connection with this offering. The number of the demand registrations is limited to two; provided, however, that the registration statements covering an aggregate of at least 75% of the outstanding registrable shares have become effective. In addition, in the event that we become eligible to register securities by means of a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, any holder of converted shares of common stock may require us to register the sale of registrable shares provided that the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of such securities is at least $1 million. We are obligated to effect unlimited registrations on Form S-3.

        In connection with any of the registrations described above, we will indemnify the selling stockholders in such transactions and bear all registration fees, costs, and expenses except for transfer taxes and underwriting discounts or commissions applicable to the sale of the converted shares of common stock. Subject to limitations provided in the agreement, holders of registrable shares will also have rights to require us to register their shares when we are registering shares for sale on our own behalf or for sale by another shareholder.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law

        Some provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: (1) acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; (2) acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or (3) removal of our incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are intended to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. These provisions also serve to discourage hostile takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. We believe that these provisions are beneficial because the negotiation they encourage could result in improved terms of any unsolicited proposal.

        Undesignated Preferred Stock.    Our board of directors has the ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock, which allows the board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any unsolicited attempt to change control of our

89



company. This ability may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

        Stockholder Meetings.    Our bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our President, our Chairman of the board of directors or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

        Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.    Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors.

        Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent.    Our certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

        Election and Removal of Directors.    Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. Once elected, directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of our outstanding common stock. For more information on the classified board, see the section entitled "Management—Board of Directors." This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

        Amendment of Certain Provisions in Our Organizational Documents.    The amendment of any of the above provisions would require approval by holders of at least 662/3% of our then outstanding common stock.

        The provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

        We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following: (a) any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or the stockholders; (b) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (d) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

        Our bylaws also provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers and we may indemnify our other officers and employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We

90



believe that indemnification under our bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in such capacity, regardless of whether our bylaws would permit indemnification. We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our charter documents. These agreements among other things, will provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding arising out of such person's services as a director or executive officer or at our request.

Transfer Agent And Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is Computershare Shareholder Serivces, Inc.

91



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALES

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 27,288,614 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, 5,000,000 shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below.

Sales of Restricted Shares

        An aggregate            shares of our common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be restricted securities, as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may not be resold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including among others, the exemptions provided by Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of the final prospectus, a person or persons whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, including persons who may be deemed to be our "affiliates," would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of certain public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

        Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell these shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

92



Rule 701

        Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701, such as shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of options granted under our stock plans, are also restricted and, beginning 90 days after the date of the final prospectus, may be sold by stockholders other than our affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year holding period requirement.

Options and Warrants

        We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register approximately                        shares of common stock issuable under our stock plans. These registration statements are expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statements will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

        Upon completion of this offering, there will be warrants outstanding to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.50 per share. These warrants can be exercised at any time. Any shares purchased pursuant to the cashless exercise feature of outstanding warrants may be sold approximately 90 days after completion of this offering, subject to the requirements of Rule 144.

Lock-up Agreements

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, we and our directors, officers and our significant stockholders who are not selling all of their shares in this offering (collectively representing approximately 19.3 million shares or approximately 87% of our common stock outstanding prior to the offering, including all shares of our Series C preferred stock) have agreed with the underwriters, subject to limited exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus, subject to extensions in certain cases, without the prior written consent of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. and RBC Capital Markets.

Registration Rights

        Pursuant to the registration rights agreement dated September 3, 2004, after this offering, the holders of 3,262,643 shares of common stock to be converted from our Series C preferred stock will have rights to require us to register for public resale under the Securities Act their converted shares of common stock. This "demand" registration right is available six months after our initial public offering and must be demanded by holders of at least 20% of then outstanding as converted shares of common stock. Once registration is requested, all other holders of registrable shares may join in the registration statement, provided that if demand registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise in writing that the number of converted shares of common stock to be included in the registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, the number of shares that may be included in the offering may be limited by a formula set forth in the rights agreement. This demand registration right is subject to certain restrictions, including our ability to defer registration in certain cases and restrictions in lock-up agreements that such stockholders have signed in connection with this offering. The number of the demand registrations is limited to two; provided, however, that the registration statements covering an aggregate of at least 75% of the outstanding registrable shares have become effective. In addition, in the event that we become eligible to register securities by means of a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, any holder of converted shares of

93



common stock may require us to register the sale of registrable shares provided that the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of such securities is at least $1 million. We are obligated to effect unlimited registrations on Form S-3.

        In connection with any of the registrations described above, we will indemnify the selling stockholders in such transactions and bear all registration fees, costs, and expenses except for transfer taxes and underwriting discounts or commissions applicable to the sale of the converted shares of common stock. Subject to limitations provided in the agreement, holders of registrable shares will also have rights to require us to register their shares when we are registering shares for sale on our own behalf or for sale by another shareholder.

94



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock purchased pursuant to this offering by a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a "U.S. person," as we define that term below. A beneficial owner of our common stock who is not a U.S. person is referred to below as a "non-U.S. holder." This summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, administrative pronouncements and published rulings of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (or the IRS), all as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel with respect to the statements made in the following summary, and there can be no complete assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to such statements or that any such contrary position taken by the IRS would not be sustained.

        This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction, or under United States federal estate or gift tax laws (except as specifically described below). In addition, this summary does not address tax considerations that may be applicable to an investor's particular circumstances nor does it address the special tax rules applicable to special classes of non-U.S. holders, including, without limitation:

        If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a holder, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder that is a partnership, and partners in such partnership, should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

        For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. person means a person who is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

95


YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Dividends

        If distributions are paid on shares of our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, the adjusted tax basis of your shares in our common stock. Any remainder will constitute gain on the common stock. Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If the dividend is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. or, if a tax treaty applies, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder, the dividend will not be subject to any withholding tax (provided certain certification requirements are met, as described below) but will be subject to U.S. federal income tax imposed on net income on the same basis that applies to U.S. persons generally. A corporate holder under certain circumstances also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year.

        In order to claim the benefit of a tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., a non-U.S. holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN for treaty benefits or W-8ECI for effectively connected income (or such successor forms as the IRS designates), prior to the payment of dividends. These forms must be periodically updated. Non-U.S. holders may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund.

Gain on Disposition

        A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including by way of withholding, on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless any one of the following is true:

96



        We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. As long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, however, it will not be treated as a United States real property interest, in general, with respect to any non-U.S. holder that holds no more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock. If we are determined to be a USRPHC and the foregoing exception does not apply, then a purchaser may be required to withhold 10% of the proceeds payable to a non-U.S. holder from a disposition of our common stock and the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons.

        Unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to the U.S. federal income tax imposed on net income on the same basis that applies to U.S. persons generally but will generally not be subject to withholding. Corporate holders also may be subject to a branch profits tax on such gain. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

U.S. Federal Estate Taxes

        Shares of our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who at the time of death is a non-U.S. holder are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in his or her estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Under U.S. Treasury regulations, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of distributions on our common stock paid to such non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to those distributions. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Pursuant to an applicable tax treaty, that information may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides.

        Backup withholding will generally not apply to payments of dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock if the holder has provided the required certification that it is not a U.S. person or certain other requirements are met. Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder who fails to certify status as a U.S. person in accordance with the applicable U.S. Treasury regulations generally will be subject to backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28%. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to the 30% withholding tax described above in "Dividends," generally will be exempt from backup withholding.

        Payments of the proceeds from a disposition or a redemption effected outside the U.S. by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections

97



with the U.S. unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.

        Payment of the proceeds from a disposition by a non-U.S. holder of common stock made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability if certain required information is furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding application of backup withholding to them and the availability of, and procedure for obtaining an exemption from, backup withholding.

98



UNDERWRITING

        Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., and RBC Capital Markets Corporation are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions in the underwriting agreement, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, on a firm commitment basis, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

Underwriters

  Number of Shares
Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.    
RBC Capital Markets Corporation    
CIBC World Markets Corp.    
Pacific Crest Securities Inc.    
   
Total   7,687,362
   

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters' obligations to purchase our common stock are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and the satisfaction of other conditions. These conditions include, among others, the continued accuracy of representations and warranties made by us in the underwriting agreement, delivery of legal opinions from our counsel and counsel for the selling stockholders, and the absence of material adverse changes in our assets, business or prospects after the date of this prospectus. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any shares.

        The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the public offering price presented on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers, who may include the underwriters, at the public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $             per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $             per share to brokers and dealers. After the offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

        The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

 
   
  Total
 
  Per Share
  Without
Over-allotment

  With
Over-allotment

Public offering price   $     $     $  
Underwriting discount paid by us                  
Underwriting discount paid by selling stockholders                  

        We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2.1 million.

        Certain of the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,153,104 shares of common stock, exercisable solely to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions shown on the cover page of

99



this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option in whole or in part at any time until 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement. To the extent the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be committed, so long as the conditions of the underwriting agreement are satisfied, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table. If this option is not exercised in full, the amount of shares as to which it is exercised will be apportioned among us and each selling stockholder on a pro rata basis.

        We and our officers, directors and our stockholders representing substantially all of our shares have agreed not to, with certain limited exceptions, directly or indirectly, offer to sell, contract to sell, or otherwise sell, pledge, dispose of or hedge any common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives will consider:

        We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "LQDT."

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities relating to the offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

        The representatives may engage in over-allotment transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

100


        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 384,368 shares, or 5% of our common stock offered by this prospectus, for sale under a directed share program to our officers, directors, employees and other individuals who have family or personal relationships with our employees. We will determine the specific allocation of the shares to be offered under the directed share program in our sole discretion. All of the persons purchasing the reserved shares must commit to purchase no later than the close of business on the day following the date of this prospectus. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Shares committed to be purchased by directed share participants that are not so purchased will be reallocated for sale to the general public in the offering. All sales of shares under the directed share program will be made at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

        Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. will be facilitating Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers through its affiliated broker-dealer, FBR Investment Services, Inc. Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. intends to allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet website maintained by Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. A prospectus in electronic format will also be made available by Pacific Crest Securities Inc. through i-Deal, a prospectus delivery service provider. Any allocation for Internet distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares of common stock may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

        Other than the prospectus in electronic format, information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of this prospectus, has not been endorsed by us and should not be relied on by investors in deciding whether to purchase any shares in this offering. The underwriters are not responsible for information contained in websites that they do not maintain.

101



LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by our counsel, Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. and two of its partners beneficially own 31,173, 6,234 and 6,234 shares, respectively, of our common stock. Certain legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by King & Spalding LLP.


EXPERTS

        Our consolidated financial statements at September 30, 2004 and 2005 and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2005 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the offering of common stock. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the shares of common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC's home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

102



Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Financial Statements

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2005 and 2004   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-7

F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries at September 30, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

McLean, Virginia
November 7, 2005

F-2



Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
  September 30,
 
 
  2005
  2004
 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Assets              
Current assets:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 10,378   $ 5,510  
  Short-term investments         6,668  
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $50,000 and $84,020 in 2005 and 2004, respectively     685     1,939  
  Inventory     1,934     866  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     1,588     555  
   
 
 
      Total current assets     14,585     15,538  
Property and equipment, net     1,000     1,052  
Intangible assets, net     5,745      
Goodwill     3,606      
Other assets     1,077     1,121  
   
 
 
Total assets   $ 26,013   $ 17,711  
   
 
 
Liabilities and stockholders' equity              
Current liabilities:              
  Accounts payable   $ 924   $ 992  
  Accrued expenses and other     3,336     2,836  
  Profit-sharing distributions payable     4,337     3,485  
  Consignment payables     1,281     800  
  Current portion of capital lease obligations     144     120  
  Current portion of long-term debt     409     284  
   
 
 
      Total current liabilities     10,431     8,517  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion     44     159  
Long-term debt, net of current portion     3,906     1,594  
Other long-term liabilities     215     63  
   
 
 
Total liabilities     14,596     10,333  
Redeemable common stock     474     324  
Stockholders' equity:              
  Series C Preferred Stock, $20,000,000 liquidation preference; $.001 par value; 3,262,643 shares authorized, issued and outstanding     3     3  
  Common stock, $0.001 par value; 26,737,357 shares authorized; 19,025,971 and 19,026,309 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively     19     19  
  Additional paid-in capital     9,412     9,621  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (24 )    
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)     1,533     (2,589 )
   
 
 
      Total stockholders' equity     10,943     7,054  
   
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 26,013   $ 17,711  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3



Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
  Year ended September 30,
 
 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
Revenue   $ 89,415   $ 75,869   $ 60,719  
Costs and expenses:                    
  Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization)     6,288     5,743     4,481  
  Profit-sharing distributions     48,952     39,718     30,427  
  Technology and operations     14,696     12,814     10,358  
  Sales and marketing     5,503     4,586     3,798  
  General and administrative     7,397     6,046     5,810  
  Amortization of contract intangibles     135         1,862  
  Depreciation and amortization     586     531     465  
   
 
 
 
      Total costs and expenses     83,557     69,438     57,201  
   
 
 
 
Income from operations     5,858     6,431     3,518  
Interest expense and other income, net     (570 )   (621 )   (391 )
   
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes     5,288     5,810     3,127  
Provision for income taxes     (1,166 )   (541 )   (351 )
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 4,122   $ 5,269   $ 2,776  
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share   $ 0.22   $ 0.31   $ 0.19  
   
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per common share   $ 0.18   $ 0.30   $ 0.17  
   
 
 
 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding     19,037,418     16,865,313     14,428,121  
   
 
 
 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     22,571,985     17,597,391     15,930,840  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4



Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

 
  Preferred Stock
  Common Stock
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

   
   
 
 
  Additional Paid-in
Capital

  Retained Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

   
 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
  Total
 
 
  (In thousands, except share amount)

 
Balance at September 30, 2002   1,461,549     1   12,435,000     12     11,186         (10,449 )   750  
  Exercise of common stock options         3,572,933     4     175             179  
  Issuance of warrants                 26             26  
  Net income                         2,776     2,776  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at September 30, 2003   1,461,549     1   16,007,933     16     11,387         (7,673 )   3,731  
  Repurchase and retirement of Series A Preferred stock   (1,132,806 )   (1 )         (1,594 )           (1,595 )
  Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock to Common   (48,193 )     49,873                      
  Repurchase and retirement of Series B Preferred stock   (249,377 )             (249 )           (249 )
  Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock to Common   (31,173 )     31,173                      
  Compensation expense from grant of common stock options                 85             85  
  Net proceeds of issuance of Series C Preferred Stock   3,262,643     3           19,718             19,721  
  Capital distributions paid                 (20,000 )           (20,000 )
  Exercise of common stock options         2,327,771     2     200             202  
  Exercise of common stock warrants         609,559     1     74             75  
  Net income                         5,269     5,269  
  Minority interest dividend payable                         (185 )   (185 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at September 30, 2004   3,262,643   $ 3   19,026,309   $ 19   $ 9,621       $ (2,589 ) $ 7,054  
  Exercise of common stock options         240,568         186             186  
  Repurchase of common stock         (240,906 )       (482 )           (482 )
  Compensation expense from grant of common stock options                 87             87  
  Comprehensive income:                                              
  Net income                         4,122     4,122  
  Foreign currency translation                     (24 )       (24 )
                                         
 
  Total comprehensive income                             4,098  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at September 30, 2005   3,262,643   $ 3   19,025,971   $ 19   $ 9,412   $ (24 ) $ 1,533   $ 10,943  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5



Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Year ended September 30,
 
 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Operating activities                    
Net income   $ 4,122   $ 5,269   $ 2,776  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
  Depreciation and amortization     721     531     2,327  
  Amortization of debt discount     44     39     268  
  Interest expense related to put warrant liability and debt issue costs     285     200     32  
  Stock compensation expense     87     85      
  Provision (benefit) for doubtful accounts     (34 )   2     (20 )
  Deferred tax benefit     (701 )        
  (Loss) gain on sale of short-term investments     (75 )   (22 )   3  
  Loss on disposal of property and equipment     14     31     21  
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                    
      Accounts receivable     1,288     (1,766 )   128  
      Inventory     (1,068 )   (64 )   103  
      Prepaid expenses and other assets     (320 )   (299 )   (138 )
      Accounts payable     (68 )   344     (814 )
      Accrued expenses and other     500     462     720  
      Profit-sharing distributions payable     852     728     479  
      Consignment payables     481     70     196  
      Other long-term liabilities     16     (17 )   23  
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities     6,144     5,593     6,104  
Investing activities                    
Purchases of short-term investments     (28,697 )   (42,017 )   (15,809 )
Proceeds from the sale of short-term investments     35,440     39,459     12,316  
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment         10      
Cash paid for contract intangible     (5,694 )        
Cash paid for acquisitions     (3,806 )        
Purchases of property and equipment     (487 )   (420 )   (226 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (3,244 )   (2,968 )   (3,719 )
Financing activities                    
Proceeds from issuance of debt     2,400         2,000  
Repayments of debt     (7 )   (1,372 )   (3,208 )
Principal repayments of capital lease obligations     (116 )   (73 )   (49 )
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options     186     277     179  
Payments to repurchase common stock     (482 )        
Net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock         19,721      
Payments to repurchase preferred stock         (1,844 )    
Dividends and capital distributions         (20,185 )    
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     1,981     (3,476 )   (1,078 )
Effect of exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents     (13 )        
   
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     4,868     (851 )   1,307  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     5,510     6,361     5,054  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 10,378   $ 5,510   $ 6,361  
   
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information                    
Property and equipment acquired through capital leases   $ 24   $ 293      
Cash paid for income taxes     1,812     747     15  
Cash paid for interest   $ 298   $ 263   $ 146  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6



Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.     Organization

        Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries (LSI or the Company) is a leading online auction marketplace for wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. LSI enables buyers and sellers to transact in an efficient, automated online auction environment offering over 500 product categories. The Company's marketplaces provide professional buyers access to a global, organized supply of wholesale, surplus and salvage assets presented with digital images and other relevant product information. Additionally, LSI enables its corporate and government sellers to enhance their financial return on excess assets by providing a liquid marketplace and value-added services that integrate sales and marketing, logistics and transaction settlement into a single offering. LSI organizes its products into categories across major industry verticals such as consumer electronics, general merchandise, apparel, scientific equipment, aerospace parts and equipment, technology hardware, and specialty equipment. The Company's online auction marketplaces are www.liquidation.com, www.govliquidation.com and www.uksurplus.com. LSI also operates a wholesale industry portal, www.goWholesale.com, that connects advertisers with buyers seeking products for resale and related business services.

        The Company has four wholly owned subsidiaries—Surplus Acquisition Venture, LLC; Government Liquidation.com, LLC; Liquidity Services Limited (based in Corsham, England); and DOD Surplus, LLC. Surplus Acquisition Venture, LLC (SAV) was formed on October 13, 2000. On February 27, 2001, SAV formed Government Liquidation.com, LLC (GL) as a limited liability company in the state of Delaware. GL is a single-purpose entity that remarkets surplus government property under the auspices of the Commercial Venture II contract 99-0001-0002 (the Surplus Contract) with the Defense Reutilization and Marketing Service (DRMS). Under the terms of the contract, GL is limited to conducting business of the Surplus Contract and no other. The Company formed a United Kingdom (UK) subsidiary, Liquidity Services Limited (LSL), on July 23, 2003 to enter the European marketplace. LSL conducts business under the trade name "UKSurplus" and serves commercial entities and the UK Disposal Services Agency (DSA) responsible for the disposal of UK Ministry of Defence (MOD) surplus property, and the Defence Logistics Organisation (DLO) through a five year contract beginning August 4, 2003.

        On July 20, 2005, LSI formed DOD Surplus, LLC (DODS) as a limited liability company in the state of Delaware. DODS is a single-purpose entity that remarkets scrap government property under the auspices of the DoD Scrap contract 99-4001-0004 (the Scrap Contract) with the DRMS through June 2012. Under the terms of the contract, DODS is limited to conducting business of the Scrap Contract and no other. See Note 4.

        The Company's operations are subject to certain risks and uncertainties associated with technology-oriented companies including, but not limited to, the Company's dependence on use of the Internet for operations, the effect of general business and economic trends, its susceptibility to rapid technological change, actual and potential competition by entities with greater financial resources, and the potential for the U.S. Government agencies from which the Company has derived a significant portion of its inventory to change the way they conduct their surplus disposition or to otherwise not renew their contracts with the Company.

F-7



2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

        The Company considers all highly liquid securities purchased with an initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

        The Company accounted for its investments it held as of September 30, 2004 in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. These investments were all classified as available-for-sale securities. During fiscal 2005, these investments were fully liquidated.

        Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. In fiscal 2004 and 2003, the amounts of unrealized gains and losses were not material. Realized gains and losses and declines in fair value that are determined to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in interest expense and other income, net. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Interest and dividends on securities classified as available-for-sale are included in interest expense and other income, net.

        Inventory consists of property obtained for resale, generally through the online auction process, and is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the specific identification method. Periodically, inventories are analyzed for obsolescence. Charges for obsolete inventory are included in cost of goods sold in the period in which they have been determined to occur.

        Property and equipment is recorded at cost, and depreciated and amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Computers and purchased software   One to five years
Office equipment   Three years
Furniture and fixtures   Five to seven years
Leasehold improvements   Shorter of lease term or useful life

F-8


        Intangible assets consist of contract acquisition costs and covenants not to compete (see Note 4). Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from five to seven years.

        Long-lived assets, including intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. If an impairment indicator is present, the Company evaluates recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the assets are impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill determined to have an indefinite useful life is no longer amortized, but is tested for impairment, at least annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment arise. If impairment of the carrying value based on the calculated fair value exists, the Company measures the impairment through the use of discounted cash flows.

        The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, Revenue Recognition, when all of the following criteria are met:

        Revenue is also evaluated in accordance with EITF 99-19, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal Versus Net as an Agent, for reporting revenue of gross proceeds as the principal in the arrangement or net of commissions as an agent. In arrangements in which the Company is deemed to be the primary obligor and bears physical and general inventory risk, and credit risk, LSI recognizes as revenue the gross proceeds from the sale, including buyer's premiums. In arrangements in which the Company acts as an agent or broker on a consignment basis, without taking physical or general inventory risk, revenue is recognized based on the sales commissions that are paid to the Company by the sellers for utilizing LSI's services; in this situation, sales commissions represent a percentage of the gross proceeds from the sale that the seller pays to the Company upon completion of the transaction.

        The Company has evaluated its revenue recognition policy related to sales under profit-sharing model and determined it is appropriate to account for these sales on a gross basis using the criteria outlined in EITF Issue 99-19. In the Company's evaluation, the Company relied most heavily upon its

F-9



status as primary obligor in the sales relationship and the fact that the Company has general inventory risk.

        Cost of goods sold includes the costs of purchasing and transporting property for auction as well as credit card transaction fees. The Company purchases the majority of its inventory at a fixed percentage of the property's original acquisition cost. Title for the inventory passes to the Company at that point and the Company bears the risks and rewards of ownership. The Company does not have title to assets sold on behalf of its commercial or government customers when it receives only sales commission revenue and, as such, recognizes no cost of goods sold associated with those sales. Cost of goods sold also includes shipping and handling costs and amounts paid by customers for shipping and handling.

        Based on the sales price of the inventory, after reduction for allowable expenses and other disbursements under the Surplus Contract with DRMS, the Company is required to disburse to DRMS 78.2%, and to Kormendi/Gardener Partners (KGP), 1.8% of the profits. In addition, disbursements to DRMS/KGP are only required to the extent the Company has distributable cash surplus, as defined under the contract. This generally means that the Company is only required to disburse funds to the extent cash on hand at the Company's subsidiary, Government Liquidation, LLC, exceeds the sum of outstanding working capital advances, management's estimated accrued liabilities, contingent liabilities, and estimated operating expenses for the upcoming month. Profit-sharing distributions to DRMS/KGP under the Surplus Contract for the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $47,446,000, $38,685,000 and $30,427,000 respectively, including accrued amounts, as of September 30, 2005 and 2004, of $4,068,000 and $3,340,000, respectively.

        Under the terms of the Scrap Contract, the Company is required to disburse to DRMS approximately 80% of the profits realized from the ultimate sale of the inventory, after deduction for allowable expenses, calculated in a similar manner to that of the Surplus Contract. For the year ended September 30, 2005, profit-sharing distributions to the DRMS under the Scrap Contract amounted to $140,000, all of which were payable at September 30, 2005.

        Under the contract with the DSA, the Company is required to disburse to DSA a percentage that varies based on the total annual sales volume. Distributions to DSA for the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $1,365,000, $1,033,000 and $0, respectively, including accrued amounts, as of September 30, 2005 and 2004, of $129,000 and $146,000, respectively.

        The Company does not perform credit evaluations of its buyers. However, substantially all sales are recorded subsequent to payment authorization being received. As a result, the Company is not subject to significant collection risk, as goods are generally not shipped before payment is received.

        For consignment sales transactions, funds are collected from buyers and are held by the Company on the sellers' behalf. The funds are included in cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated financial

F-10



statements. The Company releases the funds to the seller, less the Company's commission and other fees due, after the buyer has accepted the goods or within 30 days, depending on the state where the buyer and seller conduct business. The amount of cash held on behalf of the sellers is recorded as consignment payables in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company deposits its cash with financial institutions that the Company considers to be of high credit quality.

        For the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, no single buyer accounted for 10% or more of revenue.

        The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. This statement requires an asset and liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for the years in which the taxes are expected to be paid or recovered. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets to a level that the Company believes will more likely than not be realized. The resulting net deferred tax asset reflects management's estimate of the amount that will be realized.

        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (SFAS No. 123), Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, allow companies to either expense the estimated fair value of stock options or continue to follow the intrinsic value method set forth in Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, but disclose the pro forma effects on net income had the fair value of the options been expensed. The Company has elected to apply APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its stock compensation plans.

        Pro forma information regarding net income is required by SFAS No. 123, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123. The weighted-average fair value of options granted in 2005 and 2004 was $0.39 and $0.12 per share, respectively, using the minimum value option-pricing model. The fair values were determined with the following assumptions for 2005 and 2004: average risk-free interest rates were 3.90% and 4.25%, respectively; dividend yield of 0%; and an expected life of 4 years.

        Had compensation expense been determined under the fair value method at the grant dates, the difference between the Company's net income and the Company's pro forma net income would have been insignificant.

        Advertising expenditures are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs charged to expense were $939,000, $464,000 and $317,000 for the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-11



Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

        SFAS No. 107, Disclosure About Fair Value of Financial Instruments, defines the fair value of a financial instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties. Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, profit-sharing distributions payable, consignment payables and long-term debt reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate their fair values.

        The functional currency for LSL, the Company's foreign subsidiary, is the British pound. The translation of the subsidiary's financial statements into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using an average exchange rate during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders' equity. Realized foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in interest expense and other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Comprehensive income includes net income adjusted for foreign currency translation, and is reflected as a separate component of stockholders' equity.

        Basic net income attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income attributable to common stockholders per share includes the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.

        The following summarizes the potential outstanding common stock of the Company as of the end of each year:

 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
  (dollars in thousands
except per share amount)

Net income   $ 4,122   $ 5,269   $ 2,776
   
 
 

Weighted average shares calculation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic weighted average shares outstanding     19,037,418     16,865,313     14,428,121
  Treasury stock effect of options and warrants     271,924     39,458    
  Shares of common stock into which outstanding preferred stock is convertible     3,262,643     692,620     1,502,719
   
 
 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding     22,571,985     17,597,391     15,930,840
   
 
 
Net income per common share:                  
  Basic income per common share   $ 0.22   $ 0.31   $ 0.19
  Diluted income per common share   $ 0.18   $ 0.30   $ 0.17

F-12


        In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, or Statement 123(R), which is a revision of SFAS No. 123. Statement 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their estimated fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

        The Company adopted the provisions of Statement 123(R) on October 1, 2005, using the prospective method. Unvested stock-based awards issued prior to October 1, 2005 and disclosed in the accompanying September 30, 2005 consolidated financial statements using the minimum value method (rather than the estimated fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model) will be accounted for at the date of adoption using the intrinsic value method originally applied to those awards.

        As permitted by SFAS No. 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using the intrinsic value method and, as such, recognizes no compensation cost when employee stock options are granted with exercise prices equal to the fair value of the shares on the date of grant. Accordingly, the adoption of Statement 123(R)'s fair value method may have a significant impact on the Company's results of operations, although it will have no impact on its overall financial position. The impact of adoption of Statement 123(R) cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend entirely on levels of share-based payments granted in the future.

3.     DRMS Contracts

        The Company's Surplus Contract in place with DRMS expires as of July 2008. Under the terms of the Surplus Contract, the Company acquires surplus government property from DRMS at a fixed percentage of the property's original estimated acquisition value. The Company is required to purchase all surplus government property referred to it by DRMS. The Company then markets the property through its buyer network. Under the terms of the contract, the Company distributes to DRMS a fixed percentage of the profits realized from the ultimate sale of the inventory, after deduction for allowable expenses and profit-sharing distributions, as provided for under the terms of the contract.

        As a result of this contract, the Company is the sole remarketer of all U.S. Department of Defense surplus turned into DRMS available for sale within the United States, Puerto Rico, and Guam.

        The contract may be terminated by either the Company or DRMS if the rate of return performance ratio does not exceed specified benchmark ratios for two consecutive quarterly periods and the preceding twelve months. The Company has performed in excess of the benchmark ratios throughout the contract period through September 30, 2005.

        The Company's Scrap Contract in place with DRMS expires as of June 2012. Under the terms of the Scrap Contract, the Company is required to purchase all scrap government property referred to it by DRMS. As a result of this contract, the Company is the sole remarketer of all U.S. Department of Defense scrap turned into DRMS available for sale within the United States, Puerto Rico, and Guam.

F-13



4.     Acquisitions

        On May 24, 2005, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Aldnet Media Group, LLC (Wholesale411), a wholesale industry search portal for the wholesale industry. The operating results of Wholesale411 have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The purchase consideration consisted of $2,900,000 of cash paid to the seller and transaction costs of $61,000, which was allocated to identifiable intangible assets acquired and goodwill. Of the purchase consideration, $200,000 was allocated to an amortizable intangible related to a covenant not to compete. This amount is being amortized on a straight-line basis over five years, the life of that agreement. The remaining $2,761,000 of the purchase consideration was allocated to goodwill. Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company paid an additional $100,000 in payments to the sellers upon the resolution of certain contingencies; this additional amount was also recorded to goodwill. There is a potential additional $100,000 payment to the seller due no later than June 2006 based on certain contingencies; this amount has not been recorded at September 30, 2005.

        Because the Wholesale411 results of operations for the period from October 1, 2004 to May 24, 2005 were not material, the pro forma combined results of operations for the year ended September 30, 2005 are not presented. These pro forma combined results of operations would not differ materially from the historical results of operations.

        In conjunction with the Company's June 2005 winning bid for the Scrap Contract, LSI was required to pay DRMS $5,694,000 for the right to manage the operations and remarket scrap material and the resulting cash flows associated therewith. This payment was recorded as a contract intangible and is being amortized over the 84-month term of the contract on a straight-line basis. The Company recorded amortization expense of $136,000 and $0 for the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively, related to the Scrap Contract intangible asset.

        On July 11, 2005, the Company acquired the outstanding minority interest in SAV for cash consideration of $815,000. Of this amount, $70,000 was paid to settle minority interest payable at the acquisition date. The remaining portion of the purchase consideration of $745,000 was recorded as goodwill.

5.     Short-Term Investments

        Short-term investments consist of the following as of September 30, 2004:

 
  Cost and Fair
Value

 
  (in thousands)

Available for sale securities:      
  Commercial paper   $ 2,515
  Asset-backed securities     4,153
   
    $ 6,668
   

F-14


6.     Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment, including equipment under capital lease obligations, consists of the following:

 
  September 30,
 
 
  2005
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Computers and purchased software   $ 2,006   $ 2,140  
Office equipment     175     202  
Furniture and fixtures     238     230  
Leasehold improvements     157     130  
   
 
 
      2,576     2,702  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization     (1,576 )   (1,650 )
   
 
 
    $ 1,000   $ 1,052  
   
 
 

        Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $572,000, $531,000 and $465,000, respectively.

7.     Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets at September 30, 2005 consisted of the following:

 
  Useful
life (in
years)

  Gross Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Carrying
Amount

 
  (in thousands)

Contract intangible   7   $ 5,694   $ (136 ) $ 5,558
Covenants not to compete   5     200     (13 )   187
                   
Total intangible assets, net                   $ 5,745
                   

        Future expected amortization of intangible assets at September 30, 2005 was as follows:

Years ending September 30,

   
(in thousands)

   
2006   $ 853
2007     853
2008     853
2009     853
2010     840

F-15


8.     Accrued Expenses and Other

        Accrued expenses and other consists of the following:

 
  September 30,
 
  2005
  2004
 
  (in thousands)

Accrued compensation and benefits   $ 1,995   $ 1,500
Other accrued expenses     1,341     1,336
   
 
    $ 3,336   $ 2,836
   
 

9.     Debt

        In December 2002, the Company entered into a senior credit facility (the Agreement) with a bank. The Agreement provides for borrowings of up to $250,000 under a line of credit. In July 2003, the Company's line of credit under the Agreement was increased to $750,000. In June 2005, the Company's line of credit under the Agreement was increased to $3,000,000. In July 2005, the Company's line of credit under the Agreement was increased to $5,500,000. This senior credit facility will expire in July 2007.

        Borrowings under the Agreement bear interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus 2.25% (5.875% at September 30, 2005) due monthly. As of September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company had $2,400,000 and $0, respectively, outstanding borrowings under the Agreement.

        Borrowings under the Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Agreement contains certain financial and non-financial restrictive covenants including, among others, the requirements to maintain a minimum level of earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA). As of September 30, 2005, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

        On May 16, 2003, the Company received $2 million in cash for a Subordinated Debenture (the Note Payable) payable to an unaffiliated third party. The note bears interest at the rate of 12% per annum. Borrowings under the Note Payable are secured by a junior lien on substantially all of the assets of the Company. The note is due in May 2008 and requires monthly payments beginning in May 2006.

        As additional consideration, the Company issued fully vested warrants to purchase 517,094 shares of common stock of the Company. The aggregate exercise price of the warrants was $10.00 and the warrants expired 10 years from the date of issuance. The warrants were redeemable based on a formula provided for in the agreement. At any time after the fifth anniversary of the closing of the notes and ending 10 years from the closing, the warrant holder may have required the Company to redeem the warrants or the shares of stock underlying the warrant, at a price equal to the percentage of shares in the Company controlled by the warrant holder at the higher of the following values: (i) six times the preceding year's EBITDA; (ii) six times the average of the preceding two years' EBITDA; or (iii) the Company's appraised value as provided for by a mutually agreed upon investment banking appraisal

F-16



firm. These warrants were converted into 517,094 shares of redeemable common stock in August 2004 (see Note 10).

        The fair value of the warrants was determined to be $26,000 in May 2003, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For the period in fiscal 2004 prior to conversion of these warrants to common stock, the additional interest expense resulting from the changes in the fair value of the warrants was $103,000.

        The Note Payable contains certain financial and non-financial restrictive covenants including, among others, the requirements to maintain a certain EBITDA ratio and EBITDA to interest expense ratio. As of September 30, 2005, the Company was in compliance with these covenants. If the Company fails to meet any of the covenants as described, the Company shall repay on demand all sums advanced, plus all reasonable expenses or costs incurred with interest.

        Debt consisted of the following:

 
  September 30,
 
 
  2005
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Note payable   $ 2,000   $ 2,000  
Senior credit facility     2,400      
Note payable—other     26     33  
Less: unamortized debt discount     (111 )   (155 )
   
 
 
Subtotal     4,315     1,878  
Less: current portion of long-term debt     (409 )   (284 )
   
 
 
Long-term portion debt   $ 3,906   $ 1,594  
   
 
 

        Future minimum debt payments, exclusive of the unamortized debt discount, as of September 30, 2005 are as follows:

Years ending September 30,

   
(in thousands)

   
2006   $ 410
2007     3,370
2008     646
   
Total future minimum debt payments   $ 4,426
   

10.   Redeemable Common Stock

        As discussed in Note 9, certain warrants were converted into 517,094 shares of common stock that are redeemable on the same basis as these previously outstanding warrants. As a result, in August 2004, the Company reclassified $312,000 related to the then recorded fair value of the put warranty liability to redeemable common stock.

        The gross redemption value of the common stock, based on the amount determined by applying the formula discussed in Note 9, was $925,000 and $791,000 as of September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The redemption value of the common stock, based on the net present value of the gross

F-17



redemption value, was determined to be $474,000 and $324,000 as of September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Changes in the fair value of the redemption feature of the common stock are being amortized to interest expense to the date the common stock first becomes redeemable in May 2008. Changes in the fair value of the redemption feature of the common stock subsequent to August 2004 were not significant for fiscal 2004. For the year ended September 30, 2005, the interest expense recorded resulting from the changes in the fair value of the common stock redemption feature was $150,000.

11.   Commitments

        The Company leases certain office space and equipment under non-cancelable operating and capital lease agreements, which expire at various dates through 2013. Certain of the leases contain escalation clauses and provide for the pass-through of increases in operating expenses and real estate taxes. Rent related to leases that have escalation clauses is recognized on a straight-line basis. Resulting deferred rent charges are included in other long-term liabilities and were $28,000 and $6,000 at September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Future minimum payments, inclusive of sublease income, under the leases as of September 30, 2005 are as follows:

Years ending September 30,

  Operating
  Capital
 
  (in thousands)

2006   $ 1,443   $ 153
2007     1,492     43
2008     1,440     2
2009     1,062    
2010 and after     2,135    
   
 
Total future minimum lease payments   $ 7,572     198
   
     
Less: amount representing interest           10
         
Present value of net minimum lease payments           188
Less: current portion of capital lease obligations           144
         
Capital lease obligations, noncurrent         $ 44
         

        Amortization of fixed assets acquired through capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

        Rent expense for the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $1,556,000, $1,227,000 and $1,044,000 respectively. Sublease income recorded for the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $238,000, $243,000 and $237,000, respectively.

        Effective January 1, 2004 and June 1, 2004, the Company entered into advisory agreements with two independent directors of the Company which expire on December 31, 2006 and May 30, 2007, respectively. In addition to payments of $1,000 for the preparation and attendance at each Company board meeting, the agreements provide the directors a put option on any vested shares in the Company held by the directors. The Company accounted for the put option as a liability, which was included in other long-term liabilities, and was $173,000 and $38,000 at September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

F-18


The Company recognized the amount of the increase in the redemption liability, $136,000 and $38,000, as interest expense in the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

12.   401(k) Benefit Plan

        The Company has various retirement plans (the Plans), which are intended to be qualified plans under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Plans are defined contribution plans, available to all eligible employees and allow participants to contribute up to the legal maximum of their eligible compensation, not to exceed the maximum tax-deferred amount allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. The Plans also allow the Company to make discretionary matching contributions. For the years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company contributed and recorded expense of approximately $301,000, $195,000 and $137,000, respectively, to the Plans.

13.   Income Taxes

        The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 
  Years ended September 30,
 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
  (in thousands)

Current tax provision:                  
  U.S. Federal   $ 1,652   $   $ 70
  State     215     541     281
   
 
 
      1,867     541     351
   
 
 

Deferred tax benefit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  U.S. Federal     (357 )      
  State     (344 )      
   
 
 
      (701 )      
   
 
 
Total provision   $ 1,166   $ 541   $ 351
   
 
 

F-19


        Deferred taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 
  September 30,
 
 
  2005
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):              
  Net operating losses—Federal   $   $ 13  
  Net operating losses—State     622     779  
  Net operating losses—Foreign     524     401  
  Accrued vacation and bonus     386     349  
  Allowance for doubtful accounts     19     33  
  Depreciation         (44 )
  Other     (80 )   (76 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance   $ 1,471   $ 1,455  
Less: valuation allowance     (770 )   (1,455 )
   
 
 
Total deferred tax assets   $ 701   $  
   
 
 

        The reconcilation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to the effective rate is as follows:

 
  Years ended September 30,
 
 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
U.S. statutory rate   34.0 % 34.0 % 34.0 %
Non-deductible foreign losses   2.4 % 8.0 % 8.7 %
Permanent items   2.2 % % %
State taxes   4.2 % 5.3 % 3.2 %
Changes in valuation allowance   (21.5 %) (40.3 %) (33.5 %)
Other—net   .7 % 2.3 % (1.2 %)
   
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes   22.0 % 9.3 % 11.2 %
   
 
 
 

        At September 30, 2005, the Company had available state net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $6.2 million, which begin to expire in 2020, and foreign NOLs of approximately $1.7 million, which do not expire. The valuation allowance at September 30, 2005 primarily relates to the foreign NOLs and a portion of the state NOLs. During fiscal 2005, the Company reversed $686,000 of valuation allowances recorded against deferred tax assets as it was determined that it was more likely than not that these deferred tax assets would be realized. Circumstances could change in the future that would allow the Company to reduce the remaining valuation allowance and recognize additional net deferred tax assets.

14.   Stockholders' Equity

        On September 3, 2004, the Company issued 3,262,643 shares of Series C preferred stock (Series C Stock) to an unaffiliated party in exchange for $20 million in cash (the Investment). In connection with

F-20


this transaction, LSI declared and paid a $20 million distribution to shareholders on the Company's capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing.

        Holders of the Series C Stock are entitled to participate on an as converted basis in any dividend declared on the common stock of the Company other than at the time of the initial Investment.

        The holders of the Series C Stock have voting rights equal to those provided to holders of the common stock. Holders of Series C Stock have the right to vote the number of shares of common stock into which each share of the Series C Stock is convertible.

        The holders of the Series C Stock are entitled to a liquidation preference equal to $6.13 per share, subject to adjustment, plus any declared but unpaid dividends (the Series C Liquidation Preference) prior to any distribution to the holders of common stock. After the payment of the Series C Liquidation Preference, holders of the Series C Stock shall be entitled to participate (the Participation Feature) in all distributions to the holders of common stock on an as-converted basis up to a maximum amount equal to a multiple of 1.5 to 3.0 times the Investment (which shall be calculated including the Series C Liquidation Preference).

        On the last day of the fifth year following the Investment, the Series C Liquidation Preference will increase 15% and, beginning on the first day of the sixth year from the date the Investment closes, the Series C Liquidation Preference will increase by 8% per annum, accruing on a daily basis but not compounding.

        If the Company achieves the performance criteria in the stock purchase agreement, then in the event of a liquidation, holders of the Series C Stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the common stock an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Series C Liquidation Preference (exclusive of the Participation Feature), or (ii) the amount per share holders would have received if all shares of the Series C Stock had been converted into the common stock of the Company. The Participation Feature of the Series C Stock will expire if: (i) the Company achieves certain performance milestones through September 30, 2006; or (ii) the Company completes an Initial Public Offering, at which time the Series C will be converted into common stock.

        The Series C Stock was convertible into 3,262,643 shares of common stock at September 30, 2005. Each share of Series C Stock will be converted automatically into common stock upon the earlier of: (i) the closing of a qualified underwritten public offering or (ii) by vote, written consent or agreement of the holders of at least 60% of the Series C Stock then outstanding.

        In 2000, the Company established the 2000 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, which was amended and restated as the 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, (the Plan) under which eligible employees and non-employees may be granted options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock. The Plan provides for the issuance of a maximum of 7,611,195 shares of common stock. As of September 30, 2005, the Company has reserved 309,292 shares of common stock for future issuances of stock under the Plan. The exercise price is determined by the Board of Directors, which is equal to the then fair value of the common stock for incentive stock options and is determined on a per-grant basis for nonqualified options. The vesting period of options granted under the Plan is determined by the Board of Directors, and the stock options generally expire 10 years from the date of the grant.

F-21


        During July 2001, the Company modified the exercise price of 3,402,794 stock options issued to employees. The stock options were originally granted with an option exercise price of $0.45. The modified stock options have an exercise price of $0.05 and all other terms and conditions of the options such as vesting schedules and expiration dates remained unchanged. The Company is accounting for the modified stock options from the date of modification to the date the stock options are exercised, forfeited, or expire unexercised using variable accounting. Under variable accounting, the Company will revalue compensation costs for the stock options at each reporting period based on changes in the intrinsic value of the stock options. The Company recorded $87,000 and $85,000 in stock compensation expense based on vesting of the fair value of the options, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company will continue to revalue compensation costs for the options based on changes in the fair value of the Company's common stock.

        During the year ended September 30, 2005, the Company repurchased 240,906 shares of its common stock from former employees pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreements entered into between the Company and such former employees as option grantees.

        A summary of the Company's stock option activity for the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:

 
  Options
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

Options outstanding at September 30, 2003   2,520,218   $ 0.13
  Options granted   120,000     0.35
  Options exercised   (2,327,771 )   0.11
  Options canceled   (15,750 )   0.05
   
     
Options outstanding at September 30, 2004   296,697     0.42
  Options granted   868,750     2.78
  Options exercised   (240,568 )   0.81
  Options canceled   (11,594 )   0.05
   
     
Options outstanding at September 30, 2005   913,285     2.53
   
     
Options exercisable at September 30, 2005   177,918     1.33
   
     

        The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at September 30, 2005:

 
  Options Outstanding
Range of Exercise Price

  Number Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

$0.05   25,723   6.09   $ 0.05
$0.35 – $0.80   112,562   1.19     0.75
$2.00 – $5.00   775,000   9.62     2.87
   
         
    913,285   8.48     2.53
   
         

F-22


        Warrants to purchase common stock issued to outside parties, which are not included in the above amounts, are 75,000.

        During February, June and August 2005, the Company issued 354,000, 435,250 and 79,500 options to purchase common stock with exercise prices of $2.00, $3.00 and $5.00, respectively. The estimated fair value of the Company's common stock at the grant dates was $2.00, $3.00 and $5.00, respectively, as determined based upon the valuation of Series C preferred stock issued in September 2004, as adjusted for liquidation preference and voting rights, and upon a contemporaneous valuation performed by management of the Company. The options to purchase common stock had no intrinsic value at the grant dates.

F-23


GRAPHIC


Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock


PROSPECTUS


FRIEDMAN BILLINGS RAMSEY   RBC CAPITAL MARKETS

CIBC WORLD MARKETS   PACIFIC CREST SECURITIES

         Until                        , 2006, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.



PART II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth all fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered. Except as otherwise noted, we will pay all of these amounts. All amounts except the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee are estimated.

SEC Registration Fee   $ 10,557
NASD Filing Fee     9,500
Nasdaq Listing Fee     5,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses     550,000
Legal Fees and Expenses     1,200,000
Printing Fees and Expenses     250,000
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses     17,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses     10,000
Miscellaneous     47,943
   
  Total   $ 2,100,000
   

*
To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its corporate documents, and in agreements between the corporation and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that specifically provided by the current law. Our bylaws provide for the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law. In addition, Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides for the indemnification of officers, directors and third parties acting on our behalf if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers in addition to indemnification provided for in our corporate documents, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future. We intend to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have sold and issued the following unregistered securities:

        1.     In August 2004, in connection with the exercise of outstanding warrants at $.802 per share, we issued an aggregate of 67,561 shares of our common stock to Jaime Mateus-Tique, William P. Angrick, III and Benjamin Brown who were and currently are executive officers of the company. The warrants and shares issued in exercise thereof were issued in reliance upon Section 4(2) of, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under, the Securities Act.

II-1


        2.     In May 2003, we entered into an investment agreement with Allegiance Capital Limited Partnership providing for a loan in the amount of $2 million. In connection with this loan, we also issued to this lender a warrant to purchase 517,094 shares of our common stock. In August 2004, the lender exercised its warrant to purchase all 517,094 shares at an exercise price of $.000019339 per share. The warrant and shares issued in exercise thereof were issued in reliance upon Section 4(2) of, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under, the Securities Act.

        3.     In September 2004, we issued an aggregate of 49,873 shares of our common stock to holders of our Series A stock who were accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Securities Act) upon the automatic conversion of our Series A preferred stock pursuant to the terms set forth in our certificate of incorporation. These shares were issued in reliance upon Section 4(2) of, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under, the Securities Act.

        4.     In September 2004, we issued 31,173 shares of our common stock to an accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Securities Act) upon conversion of our Series B preferred stock pursuant to the terms set forth in our certificate of incorporation. These shares were issued in reliance upon Section 4(2) of, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under, the Securities Act.

        5.     In September 2004, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,262,643 shares of our Series C preferred stock for a purchase price of $6.13 per share to ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, L.P., and ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore, L.P. The purchase price for these shares was paid in cash. These shares were issued in reliance upon Section 4(2) of, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under, the Securities Act.

        6.     In September 2004, in connection with the exercise of outstanding warrants, we issued 30,121 shares of our common stock to a single accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Securities Act) at an exercise price of $.83 per share, and 62,344 shares, at an exercise price of $.802 per share. The warrant and shares issued in exercise thereof were issued in reliance upon Section 4(2) of, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under, the Securities Act.

        7.     Since October 1, 2002, we have granted stock options to employees and directors under our stock option plans covering an aggregate of 999,729 shares of our common stock as of September 30, 2005, at exercise prices ranging from $.05 to $5.00 per share. Options to purchase an aggregate of 6,073,711 shares of our common stock have been exercised for an aggregate purchase price of $521,730 or a weighted exercise price of $0.09 per share. These options and shares issued in exercise thereof were issued in reliance upon Section 4(2) of, and Rule 701 under, the Securities Act.

        No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. Appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

        The Exhibit Index filed herewith is incorporated herein by reference.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

        All other information for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission is either included in the financial statements or is not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

II-2



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2005, and have issued our report thereon dated November 7, 2005 (included elsewhere in this registration statement). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this registration statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

McLean, Virginia,
November 7, 2005

Liquidity Services, Inc.
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Balance at
beginning
of period

  Charged to
expense

  Reductions
  Balance at
end of
period

Deferred tax valuation allowance (deducted from net deferred tax assets)                        
Year ended September 30, 2003   $ 2,643   $ 966   $ 1,116   $ 2,493
Year ended September 30, 2004     2,493     1,611     2,649     1,455
Year ended September 30, 2005   $ 1,455   $ 478   $ 1,164   $ 769

II-3


Item 17. Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1)   For purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)   For purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4



Signatures

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Washington D.C., on January 13, 2006.

    LIQUIDITY SERVICES, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/  
WILLIAM P. ANGRICK, III      
William P. Angrick, III
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
       

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities on January 13, 2006.

Signature
  Title

 

 

 
/s/  WILLIAM P. ANGRICK, III      
William P. Angrick, III
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
JAMES M. RALLO      
James M. Rallo

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

                                  *

Jaime Mateus-Tique

 

President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

                                  *

Phillip A. Clough

 

Director

                                  *

Patrick W. Gross

 

Director

                                  *

Franklin D. Kramer

 

Director

*By

 

/s/  
WILLIAM P. ANGRICK, III      
William P. Angrick, III
Attorney-in-fact

 

 
         

II-5



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.
  Description

1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*

3.1

 

Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the completion of this offering

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering

4.1

 

Form of Certificate of Common Stock of the Company*

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 3, 2004, by and between the Company and ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore L.P. and ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore L.P.

5.1

 

Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered*

10.1

 

Defense Logistics Agency, Surplus Commercial Property, Defense Reutilization and Marketing Service, Invitation for Bids, No. 99-0001, December 2000**

10.2

 

Defense Logistics Agency, Multi-Year Sale of Surplus Scrap Material at Locations Nationwide, Defense Reutilization and Marketing Service, Invitations for Bids, No. 99-4001, December 7, 2004**

10.3

 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated                       , between the Company and William P. Angrick,  III*#

10.4

 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated                       , between the Company and Jaime Mateus-Tique*#

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated                       , between the Company and Benjamin R. Brown*#

10.6

 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated                       , between the Company and James M. Rallo*#

10.7

 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated                       , between the Company and Thomas Burton*#

10.8

 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated                       , between the Company and James E. Williams*#

10.9

 

2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan**#

10.10

 

2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan*#

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries**

23.1

 

Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)*

23.2

 

Consent of Ernst & Young L.L.P.

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)**

*
To be filed by amendment.
**
Previously filed.
#
Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The Offering
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to Our Business
Risks Related to This Offering
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CASH AND CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
Fiscal Year-End Option Values
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALES
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Financial Statements
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Balance Sheets
Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Operations
Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
PART II Information Not Required in Prospectus
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Signatures
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 3.1

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

LIQUIDITY SERVICES, INC.

 

 

LIQUIDITY SERVICES, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

1.             The present name of the corporation is Liquidity Services, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

2.             The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State was November 15, 1999 under the name of Liquidation.com, Inc.

 

3.             The dates of filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State were January 24, 2000, May 24, 2000 and September 3, 2004, respectively. The date of filing of the Certificate of Amendment to the Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was January    , 2006.

 

4.             This Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as heretofore amended or supplemented.  The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as heretofore amended or supplemented is superseded in its entirety by this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

5.             The Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted resolutions proposing and declaring advisable this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of DGCL.

 

6.             The stockholders of the Corporation adopted this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of DGCL.

 

7.             The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as heretofore amended or supplemented is hereby restated and further amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

FIRST.   The name of the corporation is Liquidity Services, Inc.

 

SECOND.  The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808.  The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 



 

THIRD.   The nature of the business of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted under such law and the other laws of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH.  The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 125,000,000 shares, consisting of 120,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $.001 per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Common Stock”), and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $.001 per share (hereinafter referred to as the “Preferred Stock”).

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A.            COMMON STOCK

 

1.             General.  All shares of Common Stock will be identical and will entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, powers and privileges.  The Common Stock shall be subject to all of the rights, privileges, preferences and priorities of the Preferred Stock as set forth in any certificates of designations filed to establish any series of Preferred Stock.

 

2.             Dividends.  Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

3.             Dissolution, Liquidation or Winding Up.  In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock, and holders of any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith, in whole or in part, as to the distribution of assets in such event, shall become entitled to participate in the distribution of any assets of the Corporation remaining after the Corporation shall have paid, or provided for payment of, all debts and liabilities of the Corporation and after the Corporation shall have paid, or set aside for payment, to the holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding up the full preferential amounts (if any) to which they are entitled.

 

4.             Voting Rights.  Except as otherwise required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on the books of the Corporation for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.  Except as otherwise required by law or provided herein, holders of Common Stock and any holders of Preferred Stock who are entitled to vote generally with the holders Common Stock, shall vote together as a single class, subject to any special or preferential voting rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock. There shall be no cumulative voting.

 

2



 

B.            PREFERRED STOCK

 

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide by resolution for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and, by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as “Preferred Stock Designation”), setting forth such resolution, to establish by resolution from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix by resolution the designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

(a)           The designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title.

 

(b)           The number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding).

 

(c)           The amounts or rates at which dividends will be payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in respect of dividends, and whether such dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative.

 

(d)           Dates at which dividends, if any, shall be payable.

 

(e)           The redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series.

 

(f)            The terms and amount of any sinking fund, if any, provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series.

 

(g)           The amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

(h)           Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable, or redeemable for, shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made.

 

(i)            The voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series generally or upon specified events.

 

3



 

(j)            Any other rights, powers, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such shares, all as the Board of Directors may deem advisable and are permitted by law.

 

FIFTH.  The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

SIXTH.

 

1.             Management of Business and Affairs of the Corporation.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board of Directors.

 

2.             Number of Directors.  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such number as from time to time shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Corporation, but in no event shall the number of directors be less than three.  Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

 

3.             Classes of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes:  Class I, Class II and Class III.  No one class shall have more than one director more than any other class.

 

4.             Election of Directors.  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except as and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

5.             Terms of Office.  Class I directors shall initially serve until the 2007 meeting of stockholders; Class II directors shall initially serve until the 2008 meeting of stockholders; and Class III directors shall initially serve until the 2009 meeting of stockholders. Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders in 2007, directors of each class the term of which shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a three-year term and until the election and qualification of their respective successors in office and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

6.             Allocation of Directors Among Classes in the Event or Increases or Decreases in the Number of Directors.  In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, (i) each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as director of the class of which he or she is a member until the expiration of such director’s current term or his or her prior death, resignation or removal and (ii) the newly created or eliminated directorships resulting from such increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board of Directors among the three classes of directors so as to ensure that no one class has more than one director more than any other class.  To the extent possible, consistent with the foregoing rule, any newly created directorships shall be added to those classes whose terms of office are to expire at the latest dates following such allocation, and any newly eliminated directorships shall be subtracted from those classes whose terms of offices are to expire at the earliest dates following such allocation, unless otherwise provided for from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors shall shorten the term of an incumbent director.

 

4



 

7.             Vacancies.  Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of capital stock then outstanding to elect directors under specified circumstances, any vacancy in the Board of Directors and any newly-created directorship, however occurring, including a newly-created directorship resulting from an enlargement of the Board of Directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office, if applicable, and a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

8.             Removal.  Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of capital stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

9.             Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business, Etc.  Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH.  A director of the corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended after the effective date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended.

 

Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

 

EIGHTH.  Stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

NINTH.  Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time only by the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors (if any), or a majority of the Board of Directors.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

TENTH.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or

 

5



 

repeal the Corporation’s By-laws. The affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s By-laws. The Corporation’s By-laws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

ELEVENTH.   The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this article.

 

TWELVETH.  The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRTEENTH.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Amended and Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, the following Articles of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation: Articles FIFTH, SIXTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH, ELEVENTH and THIRTEENTH.

 

*     *     *    *     *

 

6



 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto signed his name and affirms that the statements made in this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation are true under the penalties of perjury this     day of         2006.

 

 

 

 

 

 

William P. Angrick, III

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

7




Exhibit 3.2

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

LIQUIDITY SERVICES, INC.

 

 

Dated:                       , 2006

 

 



 

BY-LAWS

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1 - STOCKHOLDERS

 

1

 

 

 

1.1

Place of Meetings

 

1

1.2

Annual Meeting

 

1

1.3

Special Meetings

 

1

1.4

Notice of Meetings

 

1

1.5

Voting List

 

2

1.6

Quorum

 

2

1.7

Meeting by Remote Communication

 

3

1.8

Adjournments

 

3

1.9

Voting and Proxies

 

3

1.10

Action at Meeting

 

4

1.11

Introduction of Business at Meetings

 

4

1.12

Action without Meeting

 

7

1.13

Conduct of Meeting

 

7

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2 - DIRECTORS

 

9

 

 

 

2.1

General Powers

 

9

2.2

Number; Election and Qualification

 

9

2.3

Vacancies

 

9

2.4

Resignation

 

9

2.5

Regular Meetings

 

9

2.6

Special Meetings

 

10

2.7

Notice of Special Meetings

 

10

2.8

Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls

 

10

2.9

Quorum

 

10

2.10

Action at Meeting

 

10

2.11

Action by Written Consent

 

10

2.12

Committees

 

10

2.13

Compensation of Directors

 

11

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3 - OFFICERS

 

11

 

 

 

 

3.1

Enumeration

 

11

3.2

Election

 

11

3.3

Qualification

 

11

3.4

Tenure

 

12

3.5

Resignation and Removal

 

12

3.6

Vacancies

 

12

3.7

Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board

 

12

3.8

Chief Executive Officer

 

12

3.9

President

 

12

3.10

Chief Financial Officer

 

13

3.11

Vice Presidents

 

13

3.12

Secretary and Assistant Secretaries

 

13

3.13

Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers

 

14

3.14

Salaries

 

14

 



 

3.15

Contracts

 

14

3.16

Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations or Entities

 

14

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4 - CAPITAL STOCK

 

15

 

 

 

 

4.1

Issuance of Stock

 

15

4.2

Certificates of Stock

 

15

4.3

Transfers

 

15

4.4

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

 

15

4.5

Record Date

 

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5 - GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

16

 

 

 

 

5.1

Indemnification

 

16

5.2

Advancement of Expenses

 

17

5.3

Actions Initiated Against the Corporations

 

18

5.4

Contract Rights

 

18

5.5

Claims

 

18

5.6

Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification

 

19

5.7

Non-Exclusive Rights

 

19

5.8

Insurance

 

20

5.9

Severability

 

20

5.10

Miscellaneous

 

20

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6 - GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

20

 

 

 

 

6.1

Fiscal Year

 

20

6.2

Corporate Seal

 

21

6.3

Waiver of Notice

 

21

6.4

Evidence of Authority

 

21

6.5

Facsimile Signatures

 

21

6.6

Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records

 

21

6.7

Time Periods

 

21

6.8

Certificate of Incorporation

 

21

6.9

Severability

 

21

6.10

Pronouns

 

22

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7 - AMENDMENTS

 

22

 

 

 

 

7.1

By the Board of Directors

 

22

7.2

By the Stockholders

 

22

 

ii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

LIQUIDITY SERVICES, INC. (the “Corporation”)

 

 

ARTICLE 1 - Stockholders

 

1.1          Place of Meetings.  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”), the Chairman of the Board (if any) or the President or, if not so designated, at the principal office of the Corporation.  In lieu of holding a meeting of stockholders at a designated place, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders may be held solely by means of remote communication.

 

1.2          Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board (if any) or the President (which date shall not be a legal holiday in the place, if any, where the meeting is to be held) at the time to be fixed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

1.3          Special Meetings.  Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by a majority of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board (if any) or the President, but such special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.  The notice of special meeting shall describe the purpose of the meeting, and the place (if any), date and time of such meeting as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

1.4          Notice of Meetings.  Except as otherwise provided by law, written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to (in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. The notices of all meetings shall state the place (if any), date and time of the meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If

 

1



 

notice is given by mail, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given at the time specified in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

1.5          Voting List.  It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation to prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Nothing contained in this Section 1.5 shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  The stock ledger shall be the only evidence of the identity of the stockholders entitled to examine such list.

 

1.6          Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange or quotation system applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  Shares held by brokers which such brokers are prohibited from voting (pursuant to their discretionary authority on behalf of beneficial owners of such shares who have not submitted a proxy with respect to such shares) on some or all of the matters before the stockholders, but which shares would otherwise be entitled to vote at the meeting (“Broker Non-Votes”) shall be counted, for the purpose of determining the presence or absence of a quorum, both (a) toward the total voting power of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation and (b) as being represented by proxy.

 

If a quorum has been established for the purpose of conducting the meeting, a quorum shall be deemed to be present for the purpose of all votes to be conducted at such meeting, provided that where a separate vote by a class or classes, or series thereof, is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes, or series, present in person or

 

2



 

represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person, by remote communication or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.

 

1.7          Meeting by Remote Communication.  If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held in a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (a) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (b) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings in the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings and (c) if the stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

1.8          Adjournments.  Without limiting the power of the chairman of any meeting to adjourn the meeting in the manner contemplated by Section 1.13 hereof, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these By-Laws by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum, or, if no stockholder is present, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as Secretary of such meeting.  It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment of less than 30 days if the time and place of the adjourned meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, unless after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

1.9          Voting and Proxies.  At any meeting of stockholders, each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote at such meeting held of record by such stockholder, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation.  Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person (including by means of remote communications, if any) or may authorize another person or persons to vote or act for such stockholder by a proxy executed or transmitted in a manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized agent and delivered (including by electronic transmission) to the Corporation in a manner permitted by law or specified by the Board of Directors.  No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from the date of its execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.  Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the

 

3



 

writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section 1.9 may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

1.10        Action at Meeting.  Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange or quotation system applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities:

 

(a)           Directors shall be elected by a plurality of votes cast by stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election; and

 

(b)           Whenever any corporate action other than the election of directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of votes cast by stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter.

 

For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 1.10, neither abstentions as to a particular matter nor Broker Non-Votes represented at the meeting but not permitted to vote on a particular matter shall be counted, with respect to the vote on such matter, in the number of (i) votes cast, (ii) votes cast affirmatively, or (iii) votes cast negatively.

 

1.11        Introduction of Business at Meetings.

 

(a) Annual meetings of stockholders.

 

(1)           Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.11 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.11.

 

(2)           For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 1.11, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to the first anniversary of the

 

4



 

preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty days before or more than seventy days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). For purposes of the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation held after an initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the corporation to the public (the “Initial Public Offering”), the first anniversary of such annual meeting shall be deemed to be January 15 of the following year. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and (ii) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, and (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination. The foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention

 

5



 

to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.

 

(3)           Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 1.11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.11 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders.  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.11 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.11. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice in the same form as required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 1.11 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

6



 

(c) General.

 

(1)           Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation  to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance herewith, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.8, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear in person at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.

 

(2)           For purposes of this Section 1.11, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(3)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein.  Nothing in this Section 1.11 shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

1.12        Action without Meeting.  Stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

1.13        Conduct of Meetings.

 

(a)           Chairman of Meeting. Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by the Chief Executive Officer, if any, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence, by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman’s absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Vice Chairman’s absence by the President, or in the President’s absence by a

 

7



 

Vice President, or in the absence of all of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairman chosen by vote of the stockholders at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

(b)           Rules, Regulations and Procedures. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting and to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures, which need not be in writing, and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting and to maintain order and safety. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (v) rules and procedures governing speeches and debate, including, without limitation, procedures for access to microphones and limitations on time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and (vi) restrictions on dissemination of solicitation materials and use of audio or visual recording devices at the meeting.  In addition, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to adjourn the meeting without a vote of the stockholders, whether or not there is a quorum present.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

(c)           Closing of Polls. The chairman of the meeting of stockholders shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. If no announcement is made, the polls shall be deemed to have opened when the meeting is convened and closed upon the final adjournment of the meeting. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted.

 

(d)           Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors or election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is present, ready and willing to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the corporation. Each inspector, before

 

8



 

entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote in completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.

 

 

ARTICLE 2 - Directors

 

2.1          General Powers.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

 

2.2          Number, Election and Qualification.  The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no event shall be less than three.  The number of directors may be decreased at any time and from time to time by a majority of the directors then in office, but only to eliminate vacancies existing by reason of the death, resignation or removal of one or more directors.  The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders by such stockholders as have the right to vote on such election.  Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

 

2.3          Vacancies.  Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of capital stock then outstanding to elect directors under specified circumstances, any vacancy in the Board of Directors or newly-created directorship, however occurring, including a newly-created directorship resulting from an enlargement of the Board of Directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office, if applicable, and a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

2.4          Resignation.  Any director may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission of his or her resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary.  Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.

 

2.5          Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination.  A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place, if any, as the annual meeting of stockholders.

 

9



 

2.6          Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, designated in a call by the Chairman of the Board (if any), the President, two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only a single director in office.

 

2.7          Notice of Special Meetings.  Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting.  Notice shall be duly given to each director (i) by giving notice at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting to such director in person, by telephone or to an electronic mail address at which director has agreed to receive electronic mail notice, (ii) by sending at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting a telegram or delivering written notice by fax to a facsimile transmission number at which director has agreed to receive notice or by hand to his or her address for receipt of notice on record with the Corporation, or (iii) by mailing written notice to his or her last known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting.  A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

 

2.8          Meetings by Telephone or Other Methods.  Directors or any members of any committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

2.9          Quorum.  A majority of the directors at any time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

2.10        Action at Meeting.  At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those directors present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

 

2.11        Action by Written Consent.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent to such action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

2.12        Committees.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee.  In the absence or

 

10



 

disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of such committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at such meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request.  Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine or as provided herein, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-Laws for the Board of Directors.  If the time and place of a committee meeting is announced at a prior committee meeting at which all members are present, no further notice of the time and place of the committee meeting shall be required; otherwise, notice of such committee meeting shall be provided in the same manner as set forth in Section 2.7 with respect to Board meetings.  A majority of the members of any committee shall constitute a quorum and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating the committee, each committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee and delegate to a subcommittee any or all the powers and authority of the committee.

 

2.13        Compensation of Directors.  Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

 

 

ARTICLE 3 - Officers

 

3.1          Titles.  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors may determine, including, but not limited to, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries.  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

 

3.2          Election.  The President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders.  Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

 

3.3          Qualification.  No officer need be a stockholder.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

11



 

3.4          Tenure.  Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing such officer, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

3.5          Resignation and Removal.  Any officer may resign by delivering his or her resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the Board (if any), to the Board of Directors at a meeting thereof, to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary.  Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.

 

Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the entire number of directors then in office.

 

Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following his or her resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether his or her compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the Corporation.

 

3.6          Vacancies.  The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of President, Treasurer and Secretary.  Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

3.7          Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board.  The Board of Directors may appoint from its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board.  If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he or she shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders at which he or she is present and shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are designated by the Board of Directors.  If the Board of Directors appoints a Vice-Chairman of the Board, he or she shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board and shall perform such other duties and possess such other powers as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.

 

3.8          Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general charge and supervision of the business of the Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall exercise the powers and authority and perform all of the duties commonly incident to such office and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall specify from time to time.

 

3.9          President.  The President shall be charged with general supervision of the management and policy of the Corporation, subject to the authority of the Chief Executive Officer.  The President shall exercise the powers and authority and perform all of the duties

 

12



 

commonly incident to such office and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall specify from time to time.

 

3.10        Chief Financial Officer.  The Chief Financial Officer shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Chief Financial Officer will have responsibility for the custody of all funds and securities  belonging to the Corporation and for the receipt, deposit, or disbursement of funds and securities under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer will cause to be maintained true accounts of all receipts and disbursements and will make reports of these to the Board of Directors, upon its request, and to the President, upon his or her request. The Chief Financial Officer will have any other authority and will perform any other duties that the Board of Directors may delegate to him or her from time to time.

 

3.11        Vice Presidents.  Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer, the President (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer), and then the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and, when so performing, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.  The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

 

3.12        Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.  The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.  In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

 

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

 

13



 

3.13        Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.  The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.  In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, to deposit funds of the Corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these By-Laws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of Directors, to make proper accounts for such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

3.14        Salaries.  Officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

3.15        ContractsExcept as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any contracts or other instruments may be executed and delivered in the name and on behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers (including any assistant officer) of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board of Directors may determine. The Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President may execute bonds, contracts, deeds, leases and other instruments to be made or executed for or on behalf of the Corporation. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President of the Corporation may delegate contractual power to others under his or her supervision, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power.

 

3.16        Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations or Entities.  Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or any attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation appointed by any of them, shall have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities or interests in any other corporation or entity, any of whose stock or other securities or interests may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities or interests, of such other corporation or entity, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation or entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or proper in the premises.

 

14



 

ARTICLE 4 - Capital Stock

 

4.1          Issuance of Stock.  Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation or the whole or any part of any issued, authorized capital stock of the Corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such lawful consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

4.2          Certificates of Stock.  To the extent required by applicable law, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange or quotation system applicable to the Corporation, or any other regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, every holder of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class or series of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.  Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation.  Any or all of the signatures on such certificate may be a facsimile.

 

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the Corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of such certificate either the full text of such restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

 

4.3          Transfers.  Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.  Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-Laws.

 

4.4          Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the President may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such

 

15



 

indemnity as the President may require for the protection of the Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

 

4.5          Record Date.  The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action.  Such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

 

If no record date is fixed, then (a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held, and (b) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

ARTICLE 5 – Indemnification and Insurance

 

5.1.         Indemnification.

 

(a)           To the full extent that it shall have power under applicable law to do so and in a manner permitted by such law, and subject to Section 5.3 herein, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who is made or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (as a witness or otherwise) in any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter, a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (collectively, “Another Enterprise”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines (including ERISA excise taxes or penalties) and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such Proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)           Anything in this Section 5.1 to the contrary notwithstanding, if a person was or is a party or was or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was

 

16



 

a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of Another Enterprise, then the Corporation shall not indemnify such person for any judgment, fines, or amounts paid in settlement to the Corporation in connection with such Proceeding.  To the full extent that it shall have power under applicable law to do so and in a manner permitted by such law, and subject to Section 5.3 herein, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who is made or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (as a witness or otherwise) in any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of Another Enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such Proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification for such expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter in such Proceeding as to which the person shall have been adjudged liable to the Corporation unless (and only to the extent that) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

(c)           To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding referred to in Section 145(a) or (b) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

(d)           The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendre or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person seeking indemnification did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

5.2.         Advancement of Expenses.  Subject to Section 5.3 herein, with respect to any person who is made or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (as a witness or otherwise) in any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding (including, without limitation, any Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of Another Enterprise, the Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such person in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however,

 

17



 

that any advancement of expenses shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”) by such person to repay all amounts advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article 5 or otherwise.

 

5.3.         Actions Initiated Against the Corporation.  Anything in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as provided in Section 5.5(b) herein, with respect to a Proceeding initiated against the Corporation by a director or officer of the Corporation (whether initiated by such person in such capacity or in any other capacity, including as a director, officer, employee, or agent of Another Enterprise), the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify or to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) to such person in connection with prosecuting such Proceeding (or part thereof) or in defending any counterclaim, cross-claim, affirmative defense, or like claim of the Corporation in such Proceeding (or part thereof) unless such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

5.4.         Contract Rights.  With respect to any person who is made or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (as a witness or otherwise) in any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of Another Enterprise, the rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 herein shall be contract rights.  Any amendment, repeal, or modification of, or adoption of any provision inconsistent with, this Article 5 (or any provision hereof) shall not adversely affect any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses granted to any person pursuant hereto with respect to any act or omission of such person occurring prior to the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption (regardless of whether the Proceeding relating to such acts or omissions is commenced before or after the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption).

 

5.5.         Claims.

 

(a)           If (X) a claim under Section 5.1 herein with respect to any right to indemnification is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written demand has been received by the Corporation or (Y) a claim under Section 5.2 herein with respect to any right to the advancement of expenses is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after a written demand has been received by the Corporation, then the person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses, as the case may be, may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.

 

(b)           If successful in whole or in part in any suit brought pursuant to Section 5.5(a), or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), the person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or an advancement of expenses hereunder or the person from whom the Corporation sought to recover an advancement of expenses, as the case may be, shall be entitled

 

18



 

to be paid by the Corporation the reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of prosecuting or defending such suit.

 

(c)           In any suit brought by a person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not a suit brought by a person seeking to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses hereunder), it shall be a defense that the person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification has not met any applicable standard for indemnification under applicable law.  With respect to any suit brought by a person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or right to advancement of expenses hereunder or any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), neither (i) the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to commencement of such suit that indemnification of such person is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct under applicable law, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Corporation that such person has not met such applicable standards of conduct, shall create a presumption that such person has not met the applicable standards of conduct or, in a case brought by such person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification, be a defense to such suit.

 

(d)           In any suit brought by a person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), the burden shall be on the Corporation to prove that the person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses or the person from whom the Corporation seeks to recover an advancement of expenses is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such an advancement of expenses, under this Article 5 or otherwise.

 

5.6.         Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.  Any indemnification required or permitted under this Article 5 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met all applicable standards of conduct set forth in this Article 5 and Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer of the Corporation at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum; (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or (iv) by the stockholders.  Such determination shall be made, with respect to any person who is not a director or officer of the Corporation at the time of such determination, in the manner determined by the Board of Directors (including in such manner as may be set forth in any general or specific action of the Board of Directors applicable to indemnification claims by such person) or in the manner set forth in any agreement to which such person and the Corporation are parties.

 

5.7.         Non-Exclusive Rights.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided in this Article 5 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or

 

19



 

otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.

 

5.8.         Insurance.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of Another Enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article 5 or otherwise.

 

5.9.         Severability.  If any provision or provisions of this Article 5 shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article 5 (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article 5 (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable.

 

5.10.       Miscellaneous.  For purposes of this Article 5:  (a) references to serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of Another Enterprise shall include any service as a director or officer of the Corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan; (b) references to serving at the request of the Corporation as a employee or agent of Another Enterprise shall include any service as an employee or agent of the Corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan; (c) a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; and (d) references to a director of Another Enterprise shall include, in the case of any entity that is not managed by a board of directors, such other position, such as manager or trustee or member of the governing body of such entity, that entails responsibility for the management and direction of such entity’s affairs, including, without limitation, general partner of any partnership (general or limited) and manager or managing member of any limited liability company.

 

 

ARTICLE 6 - General Provisions

 

6.1          Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on September 30, unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

20



 

6.2          Corporate Seal.  The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

 

6.3          Waiver of Notice.  Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, a waiver, signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by telegraph, facsimile transmission or any other available method, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.  In addition, a person’s appearance at such meeting, in person or by proxy, shall have the same effect as a written waiver of notice and shall be deemed equivalent to such notice, except that if such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, then such person shall not be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

 

6.4          Evidence of Authority.  A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the Corporation shall, as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith, be conclusive evidence of such action.

 

6.5          Facsimile Signatures.  In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these By-Laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used and shall have the same effect of the actual signatures.

 

6.6          Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.  Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

6.7          Time Periods.  In applying any provision of these By-Laws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

6.8          Certificate of Incorporation.  All references in these By-Laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

6.9          Severability.  Any determination that any provision of these By-Laws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these By-Laws.

 

21



 

6.10        Pronouns.  All pronouns used in these By-Laws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the persons or persons so designated may require.

 

 

ARTICLE 7 - Amendments

 

7.1          By the Board of Directors.  Except as is otherwise set forth in these By-Laws, these By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new by-laws may be adopted, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

 

7.2          By the Stockholders.  These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any regular meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

22




Exhibit 4.2

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of September 3, 2004 by and between Liquidity Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore L.P. and ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore L.P. (collectively, “Holder”).

 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Holder has acquired an aggregate of 3,262,643 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred”) from the Company pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Holder desire to enter into this Agreement in order to provide the Holder with certain rights with respect to the registration of the Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred; and

 

WHEREAS capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Article 2 hereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                     REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

1.1.                            Demand Registration Rights

 

1.1.1.        Request

 

At any time after six months following the IPO, holders of at least 20% of the then outstanding Conversion Shares may request registration for sale under the Act of all or part of the Registrable Securities then held by them, and upon such request the Company will promptly take the actions specified in Section 1.1.2.

 



 

1.1.2.        Demand Procedures

 

Within ten (10) Business Days after receipt by the Company of a written registration request under Section 1.1.1 (which request shall specify the number of shares proposed to be registered and sold and the manner in which such sale is proposed to be effected), the Company shall promptly give written notice to all other Holders of the proposed demand registration, and such other Holders shall have the right to join in the proposed registration and sale, upon written request to the Company (which request shall specify the number of shares proposed to be registered and sold) within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice from the Company.  The Company shall thereafter, as expeditiously as practicable, use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) file with the SEC under the Act a registration statement on the appropriate form concerning all Registrable Securities specified in the demand request and all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received the written request from the other Holders and (ii) cause the registration statement to be declared effective.  At the request of the Holders requesting registration, the Company shall cause each offering pursuant to Section 1.1.1 to be managed, on a firm commitment basis, by a recognized regional or national underwriter selected by the participating Holders and approved by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form.  The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than two registrations requested by the Holders under Section 1.1.1(a), provided, however, that any such request shall be deemed satisfied only when a registration statement covering more than 75% of the Registrable Securities specified in notices received as aforesaid, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified by the Holders, has become effective.

 

1.1.3.        Delay by Company

 

The Company shall not be required to effect a demand registration under the Act pursuant to Section 1.1.1 above if (i) the Company receives a request for registration under Section 1.1.1 less than 90 days preceding the anticipated effective date of a proposed underwritten public offering of securities of the Company approved by the Company’s Board of Directors prior to the Company’s receipt of the request and in such event the Company shall not be required to effect any such requested registration until 120 days after the effective date of such proposed underwritten public offering; (ii) within 120 days prior to any such request for registration, a registration of securities of the Company has been effected in which the Holders had the right to participate pursuant to this Section 1.1 or Section 1.3 hereof; or (iii) the Board of

 

3



 

Directors of the Company reasonably determines in good faith that effecting such a demand registration at such time would have a material adverse effect upon a proposed sale of all (or substantially all) of the assets of the Company, or a merger, reorganization, recapitalization, or similar transaction materially affecting the capital structure or equity ownership of the Company, or would otherwise be seriously detrimental to the Company because the Company was then in the process of raising capital in the public or private markets; provided, however, that the Company may only delay a demand registration pursuant to this Section 1.1.3 for a period not exceeding 120 days (or until such earlier time as such transaction is consummated or no longer proposed) and may only defer any such filing pursuant to this Section 1.1.3 once per calendar year.  The Company shall promptly notify in writing the Holders requesting registration of any decision not to effect any such request for registration pursuant to this Section 1.1.3, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the reason for such decision and shall include an undertaking by the Company promptly to notify such Holders as soon as a demand registration may be effected.

 

1.1.4.        Reduction

 

If a demand registration is an underwritten registration and the managing underwriters advise the Company and the Holders participating in the demand registration in writing that in their opinion the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, then the amount of such shares that may be included in such registration shall first be allocated pro rata among all of the Holders exercising demand rights under Section 1.1 in proportion to the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by them and then to the Company or any other party seeking to participate in the offering.

 

1.1.5.        Withdrawal

 

Holders participating in any demand registration pursuant to this Section 1.1 may withdraw at any time before a registration statement is declared effective, and the Company may withdraw such registration statement if no Registrable Securities are then proposed to be included (and if withdrawn by the Company the Holders shall not be deemed to have requested a demand registration for purposes of Section 1.1.1 hereof).  If the Company withdraws a registration statement under this Section 1.1.5 in respect of a registration for which the Company would otherwise be required to pay expenses under Section 1.6.2 hereof, the Holders that shall have withdrawn shall reimburse the Company for all expenses of such registration in proportion to the number of shares each such withdrawing Holder shall have requested to be registered

 

4



 

unless the Holders withdrew from the requested registration pursuant to the discovery of material information adverse to the Company.

 

1.2.                            Piggyback Registration Rights

 

1.2.1.        Request

 

If at any time after the completion of the IPO, the Company proposes to file a registration statement covering any of its securities under the Act (whether to be sold by it or by one or more selling stockholders), other than pursuant to an offering pursuant to a demand registration under Section 1.1.1 or Section 1.3 hereof or an offering registered on Form S-8 or Form S-4, or successor forms relating to employee stock plans and business combinations, the Company shall, not less than 30 days prior to the proposed filing date of the registration form, give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders specifying in reasonable detail the proposed transaction to be covered by the registration statement, and at the written request of any Holder delivered to the Company within 30 days after giving such notice, shall include in such registration and offering, and in any underwriting of such offering, all Registrable Securities as may have been designated in the Holder’s request.  The Company shall have no obligation to include shares of Common Stock owned by any Holder in a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, unless and until such Holder (a) in connection with any underwritten offering, agrees to enter into an underwriting agreement, a custody agreement and power of attorney and any other customary documents required in an underwritten offering all in customary form and containing customary provisions and (b) shall have furnished the Company with all information and statements about or pertaining to such Holder in such reasonable detail and on such timely basis as is reasonably deemed by the Company to be legally required with respect to the preparation of the registration statement.

 

1.2.2.        Reduction

 

If a registration in which any Holder has the right or is otherwise permitted to participate pursuant to this Section 1.2 is an underwritten registration, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the shares proposed to be sold by the Company, (ii) second, the shares proposed to be sold by Holders exercising rights under Section 1.2.1, allocated pro rata among such Holders in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities owned by them, (iii) third, the shares proposed to be sold by holders exercising rights pursuant to the

 

5



 

Registration Rights Agreement dated May 25, 2000 among the Company and such holders and (iv) fourth, by any other stockholders proposing to sell shares of Common Stock pursuant to such registration.

 

1.3.                            Registration on Form S-3

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 1.1.3, if at any time the Company is eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for secondary sales any Holder may request (by written notice to the Company stating the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method of disposition) that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a public sale of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it, provided that the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of such Registrable Securities shall be at least $1 million.  At the written request of the Holder requesting such registration, such registration shall be for a delayed or continuous offering under Rule 415 under the Act.  Upon receiving such request, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form) to register under the Act for public sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in such request, the number of shares of Registrable Securities specified in such request and shall otherwise carry out the actions specified in Section 1.1.2 and 1.4.  The Company shall be obligated to effect unlimited registrations on Form S-3 under this Section 1.3.

 

1.4.                            Registration Procedures

 

Whenever any Holder has requested that any shares of Common Stock be registered pursuant to Sections 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 hereof, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(1)                                 prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such shares and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish counsel for such Holder with copies of all such documents proposed to be filed);

 

(2)                                 prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less than 90

 

6



 

days (two (2) years in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof), or until such earlier time as Holder has completed the distribution described in such registration statement, whichever occurs first;

 

(3)                                 furnish to such Holder such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request;

 

(4)                                 use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such shares under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as such Holder requests (and to maintain such registrations and qualifications effective for the applicable period of time set forth in Section 1.4(2) hereof, and to do any and all other acts and things which may be necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such shares (provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not be required but for this subsection (4), (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction); provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement with respect to the bearing of expenses, if any such jurisdiction shall require that expenses incurred in connection with the qualification of such shares in that jurisdiction be borne in part or full by such Holder, then such Holder shall pay such expenses to the extent required by such jurisdiction;

 

(5)                                 notify such Holder, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act within the period that the Company is required to keep the registration statement effective, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in any such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly prepare, file and furnish to the Holder a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or, in light of the circumstances then existing, necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

 

(6)                                 cause all such shares to be listed on securities exchanges, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (or if not then listed, on such exchanges as are requested by a majority of the participating Holders);

 

7



 

(7)                                 provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such shares not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

(8)                                 enter into such customary agreements and take all such other customary actions as such Holder reasonably requests (and subject to its reasonable approval) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such shares;

 

(9)                                 make available for inspection by such Holder, by any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement, and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder or by any such underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties (other than confidential intellectual property) of the Company; and

 

(10)                          in connection with an underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 1.1 hereof, enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form and containing reasonable customary provisions, including provisions for indemnification of underwriters and contribution, if so requested by any underwriter.

 

1.5.                            Holdback Agreement

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if after any registration statement to which the rights hereunder apply becomes effective (and prior to completion of any sales thereunder), the Board of Directors determines in good faith that the failure of the Company to (i) suspend sales of stock under the registration statement or (ii) amend or supplement the registration statement, would have a material adverse effect on the Company, the Company shall so notify each Holder participating in such registration and each Holder shall suspend any further sales under such registration statement until the Company advises the Holder that the registration statement has been amended or that conditions no longer exist which would require such suspension, provided that the Company may impose any such suspension for no more than 30 days and no more than two (2) times during any twelve month period.

 

(b)                                 In the event that the Company effects a registration of any securities under the Act in its IPO, each Holder agrees not to effect any sale, transfer, disposition or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, of any Equity Securities (except as part of such offering) during the 180-day period commencing with the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, provided

 

8



 

that all holders of 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding Equity Securities, and officers and directors of the Company, to the extent that they hold Equity Securities and have been requested by the managing underwriter to do so, enter into similar agreements providing for similar restrictions on sales.

 

1.6.                            Registration Expenses

 

1.6.1.                  Holder Expenses

 

If, pursuant to Sections 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 hereof, Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement, then the Holder thereof shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale of its shares, and any underwriting discounts or commissions or the equivalent thereof applicable to the sale of its shares.

 

1.6.2.                  Company Expenses

 

Except for the fees and expenses specified in Section 1.6.1 hereof and except as provided below in this Section 1.6.2, the Company shall pay all expenses incident to the registration of shares by the Company and any Holders pursuant to Sections 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 hereof, and to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, underwriting discounts, fees and expenses (other than any Holder’s portion of any underwriting discounts or commissions or the equivalent thereof), printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Company and a single counsel for all Holders selling shares and all independent certified public accountants and other persons retained by the Company.

 

1.6.3.                  Indemnity and Contribution

 

(a)                                 In the event that any shares owned by a Holder are proposed to be offered by means of a registration statement pursuant to Section 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 hereof, to the extent permitted by law, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Person from and against all demands, claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses, including, without limitation, interest, penalties, and attorneys’ fees and disbursements, asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnified Person, directly or indirectly (hereinafter referred to in this Section 1.6.3 in the singular as a “claim” and in the plural as “claims”), based upon, arising out of or resulting from any breach of representation or warranty made by the Company in any underwriting agreement or

 

9



 

any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement or any omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (each, a “Violation”), except insofar as such claim is based upon, arises out of or results from information furnished to the Company in writing by such Indemnified Person for use in connection with the registration statement.

 

(b)                                 To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, severally, and not jointly, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, each person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement, each of such Holder’s officers and directors and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all claims based upon, arising out of or resulting from any Violation, except insofar as such claim is based upon, arises out of or results from information furnished to the Holder in writing by an Indemnified Person for use in connection with the registration statement, and will reimburse the Company, such other Holders, and such directors, officers, persons, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred, as such expenses are incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such claim if it is judicially determined that there was such a Violation, but only to the extent that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and strictly in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated specifically for use in connection with such registration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of each Holder under this Section 1.6.3(b) shall be limited in an amount equal to the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, unless such liability arises out of or is based on willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.  In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.6.3(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Furthermore, no Holder selling securities under a registration statement shall be liable in any case to the extent that, prior to the filing of any such registration statement or prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto, such Holder selling securities has furnished in writing to the Company information expressly for use in such registration statement or prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto which corrected or made not misleading information previously furnished to the Company.

 

(c)                                  The indemnification provisions set forth herein shall be in addition to any liability the Indemnifying Person may otherwise have to the Indemnified

 

10



 

Persons.  Promptly after receiving notice of any claim in respect of which an Indemnified Person may seek indemnification under this Section 1.6.3, such Indemnified Person shall submit written notice thereof to either the Company or the Holders, as the case may be (sometimes being hereinafter referred to as an Indemnifying Person”).  The omission of the Indemnified Person so to notify the Indemnifying Person of any such claim shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person from any liability it may have hereunder except to the extent that (a) such liability was caused or increased by such omission, or (b) the ability of the Indemnifying Person to reduce such liability was materially adversely affected by such omission.  In addition, the omission of the Indemnified Person so to notify the Indemnifying Person of any such claim shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person from any liability it may have otherwise than hereunder.  The Indemnifying Person shall have the right to undertake, by counsel or representatives of its own choosing, the defense, compromise or settlement (without admitting liability of the Indemnified Person) of any such claim asserted, such defense, compromise or settlement to be undertaken at the expense of the Indemnifying Person, and the Indemnified Person shall have the right to engage separate counsel, at its own expense, whom counsel for the Indemnifying Person shall keep informed and consult with in a reasonable manner.  In the event the Indemnifying Person shall elect not to undertake such defense by its own representatives, the Indemnifying Person shall give prompt written notice of such election to the Indemnified Person, and the Indemnified Person shall undertake the defense, compromise or settlement (without admitting liability of the Indemnified Person) thereof on behalf of and for the account of the Indemnifying Person by counsel or other representatives designated by the Indemnified Person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Indemnifying Person shall be obligated hereunder with respect to amounts paid in settlement of any claim if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Indemnifying Person (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

(d)                                 If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Person, then the Indemnifying Person, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of any losses or claims in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnified Person on the one hand and the Indemnifying Person on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses or claims as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Indemnified Person and the Indemnifying Person shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Person or by the Indemnified Person and the parties’ relative intent,

 

11



 

knowledge and access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  In no event will the liability of any Holder for contribution exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in any sale of securities to which such liability relates.

 

1.7.                            Grant and Transfer of Registration Rights

 

Except for registration rights which have been granted by the Company as of the date hereof and registration rights granted by the Company after the date hereof which are subordinate to the rights of the Holders hereunder, the Company shall not grant any registration rights to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of a majority in interest of all Registrable Securities held by the Holders.  Holders shall have the right to transfer or assign the rights contained in this Agreement (i) to any limited partner or affiliate of a Holder in connection with the transfer of any Registrable Securities or (ii) to any third party transferee acquiring at least 20% of the Registrable Securities issued to the Holder as of the date hereof or the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such Registrable Securities; provided: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act.

 

1.8.                            Information from Holder

 

It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

2.                                     DEFINITIONS

 

The capitalized terms contained in this Agreement shall have the following meanings unless otherwise specifically defined:

 

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

12



 

“Agreement” shall mean this Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Business Day” shall mean Monday through Friday and shall exclude any federal or bank holidays observed in New York City.

 

“Company” shall mean American Education System, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

“Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company.

 

“Conversion Shares” shall mean the Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Series C Preferred.

 

“Equity Securities” shall mean the Common Stock, the Series C Preferred and any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock, any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or any other stock, security or interest in the Company whether or not convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

“Holders” shall mean ABS and any other person or entity that is a valid transferee of the rights granted hereunder pursuant to Section 1.7 hereof.

 

“Indemnified Person” means, with respect to a Holder, such Holder, any underwriter participating in such offering, each officer, partner, manager and director of such person, each person, if any, who controls or may control such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each representative of any Holder serving on the Board of Directors of the Company and with respect to the Company, the Company, any underwriter participating in such offering, each officer, partner, manager, stockholder, director, employee or agent of the Company or such underwriter, each person, if any who controls or may control the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of the Act.

 

“Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 1.6.3.

 

“IPO” shall mean the initial public offering of the Company’s Equity Securities registered under the Act.

 

13



 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock, including the Conversion Shares and (ii) any equity securities issued as a distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement for any of the shares referred to in clause (i); provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall not include any securities that have been previously sold pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Act or under Rule 144 promulgated under the Act, or which have otherwise been transferred in a transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned, or, as to any Holder, all of such Holder’s Equity Securities if all of such Equity Securities are then eligible for sale in a single transaction under Rule 144(k), promulgated under the Act.

 

3.                                  MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1.                            Entire Agreement; Amendment

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the matters provided for herein, and it supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to the matters provided for herein.  This Agreement may not be amended without the written consent of the Company and the Holders.

 

3.2.                            Waiver

 

No delay or failure on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or under any other instruments given in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or privilege or be construed as a waiver of any default or any acquiescence therein.  No single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege shall preclude the further exercise of such right, power or privilege, or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  No waiver shall be valid against any party hereto unless made in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of such waiver is sought and then only to the extent expressly specified therein.

 

3.3.                            Termination

 

This Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no effect upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) as to any Holder, at such time as all of such Holder’s Equity Securities are then eligible for sale in a single transaction under Rule

 

14



 

144(k), promulgated under the Act, or (ii) seven years from the closing date of the Company’s IPO.

 

3.4.                            No Third Party Beneficiaries

 

Except to the extent that the rights hereunder are assigned in accordance with Section 1.7, it is the explicit intention of the parties hereto that no person or entity other than the parties hereto is or shall be entitled to bring any action to enforce any provision of this Agreement against any of the parties hereto, and the covenants, undertakings and agreements set forth in this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable only by, the parties hereto or their respective successors, heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

3.5.                            Binding Effect

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

3.6.                            Governing Law

 

This Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties hereto, and any claims or disputes relating thereto, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding the choice of law rules thereof).

 

3.7.                            Notices

 

All notices, demands, requests, or other communications which may be or are required to be given, served, or sent by any party to any other party pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be hand-delivered, sent by overnight courier service or mailed by first-class, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

(i)                                     If to the Company:

 

2131 K Street, N.W
Washington, D.C. 20037
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

15



 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Hogan & Hartson, L.L.P.
555 Thirteenth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attention: Michael C. Williams

 

(ii)                                  If to any Holder, such Holder’s address as appearing on the records of the Company.

 

Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be so given, served or sent.  Each notice, demand, request, or communication which shall be hand-delivered or mailed in the manner described above, shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, received or delivered for all purposes at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the return receipt or the delivery receipt being deemed conclusive, but not exclusive, evidence of such delivery) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation.

 

3.8.                            Execution in Counterparts

 

To facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as may be required; and it shall not be necessary that the signatures of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of all persons required to bind any party, appear on each counterpart; but it shall be sufficient that the signature of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of the persons required to bind any party, appear on one or more of the counterparts.  All counterparts shall collectively constitute a single agreement.  It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than a number of counterparts containing the respective signatures of, or on behalf of, all of the parties hereto.

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Agreement, or have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on their behalf, as of the day and year first hereinabove set forth.

 

 

LIQUIDITY SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William P. Angrick, III

 

 

   Name:

William P. Angrick, III,

 

   Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 



 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

   By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.

 

   Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Phillip A. Clough

 

 

 

 

Name: Phillip A. Clough

 

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV-A, L.P.

 

   By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.

 

   Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Phillip A. Clough

 

 

 

 

Name: Phillip A. Clough

 

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV OFFSHORE L.P.

 

   By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.

 

   Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Phillip A. Clough

 

 

 

 

Name: Phillip A. Clough

 

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV SPECIAL

 

   OFFSHORE L.P.

 

   By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.

 

   Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Phillip A. Clough

 

 

 

 

Name: Phillip A. Clough

 

 

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 23.2


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Summary Consolidated Financial Data," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated November 7, 2005 on the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Liquidity Services, Inc. and subsidiaries in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-129656) and related Prospectus of Liquidity Services, Inc. and subsidiaries for the registration of shares of its common stock.

McLean, Virginia
January 13, 2006




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

[Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. Letterhead]

January 13, 2006

BY EDGAR AND HAND DELIVERY

Michael McTiernan
Special Counsel
Division of Corporation Finance
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Dear Mr. McTiernan:

        On behalf of Liquidity Services, Inc. (the "Company"), we are forwarding for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (SEC Registration No. 333-129656). Amendment No. 2 reflects changes made in response to the staff's letter of comment dated January 5, 2006 (the "Comment Letter"), as well as certain updates. A copy of Amendment No. 2, which is marked to show all changes from Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on December 21, 2005, will be hand delivered to the staff.

        The Company's responses to the Comment Letter are set forth below, with each paragraph numbered to correspond to the numbered comment in the Comment Letter. The page references in the responses below are to the enclosed, marked version of Amendment No. 2. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this letter have the definitions set forth in Amendment No. 2.

Form S-1

General

        1.     You indicate in your response to comment 1 that you are aware of other e-commerce providers or auction websites that provide online services for auctioning or liquidating assets. Since these companies do not disclose their revenues, earning, market share or other measure with respect to those specific merchandise and services, please tell us why you believe you are "a leading online auction marketplace." We may have further comments.

        The Company acknowledges the staff's comment. However, the Company believes it is a leading online marketplace for wholesale, surplus and salvage assets. To the Company's knowledge, it is one of only three companies (including uBid and eBay) primarily dedicated to providing a broad, multi-category online auction marketplace. In addition, only the Company was included in Inc. Magazine's "Inc. 500", Entrepreneur Magazine's "Entrepreneur and PricewaterhouseCoopers' 11th Annual Hot 100" and VARBusiness Magazine's "VARBusiness 500" surveys. The "Inc. 500" ranks America's 500 fastest-



growing private companies, the "Entrepreneur and PricewaterhouseCoopers' 11th Annual Hot 100" ranks America's fastest-growing new businesses and the "VARBusiness 500" ranks America's top solution providers.

        The Company also believes that it is the only online auction marketplace offering wholesale, surplus and salvage assets in over 500 product categories, as well as pre-sale (such as receiving and lotting merchandise and implementing marketing strategies) and post-sale services (such as payment collection, settlement and reporting) to its sellers and buyers. Although other companies offer online services for auctioning or liquidating assets, the Company is not aware of another company that matches the level of product offerings and customer services provided by the Company. For the reasons stated above, the Company believes it is a leading online marketplace for wholesale, surplus and salvage assets.

Risk Factors, page 11

If we fail to accurately predict our ability to sell merchandise…, page 16

        2.     Please revise to quantify the amount of goods that historically have been returned by buyers.

        The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the staff's comment. Please see the revised disclosure on page 16 of Amendment No. 2.

        3.     We note your responses to comments 26 and 50. The extent of the discount to estimated market value or acquisition cost, as the case may be, of products acquired under the profit sharing model would appear to have a significant impact on the extent of your inventory risk. While we acknowledge that the specific discount will differ for each item, please provide additional disclosure regarding the extent of the discount.

        The Company acknowledges the staff's comment. However, the Company hereby supplementally advises the staff that it believes additional disclosure regarding acquisition cost of goods acquired under the profit sharing model would not be helpful to investors in understanding the business of the Company. In particular, with respect to the surplus property acquired from the United States Department of Defense (the "DoD"), the Company believes that it would be misleading to investors to provide a range of discounts based on the "original acquisition cost" set forth in the DoD surplus contract. As disclosed in the Form S-1, the Company acquires the DoD surplus property at fixed prices representing a percentage of the original acquisition cost. However, this original acquisition cost is not the fair market value of such property but rather the price at which the DoD initially acquired such property. This original acquisition cost is also not adjusted for inflation, and if the DoD acquired its property many years ago, as is often the case (ranging from several years to more than a decade ago), the fair market value and the original acquisition cost would likely be significantly different.

        In addition, the percentage of the original acquisition cost that the Company pays to the DoD was not determined based on the value of the DoD surplus property but rather through a competitive bid process. When the Company competed in the bidding process for the contract, other companies also submitted bids indicating the acquisition price that they would be willing to pay to acquire the DoD surplus property. The Company was awarded the contract because it submitted the most competitive bid. Therefore, the percentage of original acquisition cost that the Company pays to the DoD simply reflects the outcome of a competitive government contract bidding process in which the Company was ultimately awarded the contract.

        Although the Company can generate the data requested by the staff, the Company does not generate or monitor such data in managing its business. For the reasons set forth above, the Company believes that inclusion of additional disclosure regarding the extent of the discount to acquisition cost would not be helpful to investors.

2



If we do not response to rapidly technology changes or upgrade our systems…, page 14

        4.     We note your response to comment 12. Please disclose that you currently have no specific plans to upgrade your technology.

        The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the staff's comment. Please see the revised disclosure on page 14 of Amendment No. 2.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation, page 35

        5.     We note your response to comment 24. Please disclose that you currently have no specific plans to expand your operations.

        The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the staff's comment. Please see the revised disclosure on page 13 of Amendment No. 2.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview, page 35

        6.     We note your response to comment 25. As disclosed in your risk factors, each pricing structure has a different risk profile. Consequently, we continue to believe that the percentage of revenue derived from each structure is relevant to an investor.

        The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the staff's comment. Please see the revised disclosure on pages 36 and 50-52 of Amendment No. 2.

Key Business Metrics, page 37

        7.     We note your revisions to the title of your operating metric form gross merchandise value to gross merchandise volume in response to our previous comment 23. However, in the first paragraph of this description on page 37, you continue to discuss this operating metric in relation to the amount of revenue recognized in your financial statements. Please revise accordingly.

        The Company has deleted the reference to revenue in response to the staff's comment. Please see the revised disclosure on page 38 of Amendment No. 2.

Stock-Based Compensation, page 43

        8.     We note your additional disclosure in response to comment 33, please update this discussion upon including pricing information in your document to address the factors contributing to the differences between the IPO price and the fair values obtained through your contemporaneous valuations.

        The Company has included the estimated pricing range of the offering of $9.00 and $11.00 on the cover page of the prospectus. The Company has also revised the disclosure to respond to the staff's comment. Please see the revised disclosure on page 44 of Amendment No. 2.

Liquidity and Capital Resources, page 51

        9.     We note your response to comment 34. Please revise the disclosure to clarify that "working capital" includes capital used for inventory purchases.

        The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the staff's comment. Please see the revised disclosure on page 53 of Amendment No. 2.

3



Principal Shareholders and Selling Stockholder, page 83

        10.   We note your response and will review your disclosure in the subsequent pre-effective amendment.

        The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the staff's comment. Please see the revised disclosure on pages 85-87 of Amendment No. 2.

Underwriting, page 97

Underwriting, page 96

        11.   Please revise to identify the underwriters that may engage in electronic distribution of your prospectus. Also, please advise us how your procedures for the electronic distribution of your prospectus comply with Section 5 of the Securities Act. In particular, please provide your analysis of how you or the underwriters will provide investors with a prospectus that satisfies the prospectus delivery requirements. In addition, please describe the following to us in more detail:

        Your analysis should address the communications made during the pre-effective and post-effective periods. If the underwriters' procedures for electronic distribution have already been approved by the staff, please confirm that the procedures have not changed since the time of our approval.

        The Company advises the staff that the response to Comment 11 has been provided by the underwriters.

        Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. has informed the Company that it will be facilitating Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers through its affiliated broker/dealer, FBR Investment Services, Inc. Friedman Billings Ramsey intends to allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. Electronic versions of the preliminary prospectus will be available on the Internet website maintained by Friedman Billings Ramsey. In February 2000, Ms. Kristina Schillinger, Esq. of the Commission reviewed the procedures used by Friedman Billings Ramsey. After reviewing the procedures, Ms. Schillinger indicated that Friedman Billings Ramsey is on the "pre-approved" list that is disseminated to the Division of Corporation Finance reviewers. Friedman Billings Ramsey procedures have not changed since her review.

        Pacific Crest Securities has advised the Company that it may deliver the preliminary prospectus and any amendments thereto to certain of its institutional clients by posting electronic versions of those document on the "i-Deal" website to be made available through the i-Deal Prospectus Delivery System. The electronic version of the preliminary prospectus will be identical to the copy filed with the Commission. Electronic versions of the preliminary prospectus and any amendments thereto will only be made available to Pacific Crest Securities' institutional clients who have previously consented to receive such documents electronically. These customers may also request a hard copy of the preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereto, and may revoke their consent to receive such documents electronically at any time. After the Registration Statement has been declared effective and a final prospectus is available, an electronic version of the final prospectus identical to the copy filed with the Commission will also be available through the i-Deal Prospectus Delivery System to Pacific Crest Securities' institutional clients. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as discussed below, Pacific Crest Securities has advised the Company that electronic versions of the final prospectus would only be made available through i-Deal as a courtesy, and that the underwriters intend to satisfy their prospectus

4



delivery requirements by delivering hard copies of the final prospectus or relying on the "access equals delivery" provisions of Rule 172. Pacific Crest Securities has been advised by i-Deal that the online offering procedures used in connection with the i-Deal Prospectus Delivery System were reviewed by Ms. Kristina Schillinger, Esq. of the Commission. After reviewing the procedures, Ms. Schillinger indicated that the i-Deal Prospectus Delivery System is on the "pre-approved" list that is disseminated to the Division of Corporation Finance reviewers. Pacific Crest Securities has also been advised that the i-Deal Prospectus Delivery System has not changed since Ms. Schillinger's most recent review.

        As discussed in the response to Comment 12, the Company and the underwriters also intend to make an electronic version of the preliminary prospectus available in connection with the bona fide electronic road show being made available through RetailRoadshow, an affiliate of NetRoadshow, Inc.

        The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staff's comment. Please see the revised disclosure under "Underwriting" on page 101 of Amendment No. 2.

        Friedman Billings Ramsey, RBC Capital Markets, Pacific Crest Securities and CIBC World Markets have informed the Company that they may distribute preliminary prospectuses electronically to certain potential institutional investors that have received hard copies of the preliminary prospectus. To the extent preliminary prospectuses are distributed electronically to investors that have already received hard copies, the preliminary prospectus will be in Portable Document Format (or PDF).

        The underwriters have informed the Company that they will not accept indications of interest or offers to purchase or confirm sales electronically and will not require any potential investors to fund an account as a condition to providing them with an indication of interest or as a condition to receiving an allocation.

        The underwriters have advised the Company that prior to the Registration Statement being declared effective no preliminary prospectus will be delivered electronically as described above until a preliminary prospectus has been printed and filed with the Commission in conformity with the Securities Act. After the Registration Statement has been declared effective and a final prospectus is available, the underwriters intend to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligations by delivering a written confirmation and a hard copy of the final prospectus to investors or relying on the "access equals delivery" provisions of Rule 172. Other than as described above, the underwriters have no plans to engage in any electronic offer, sale or distribution of the shares.

        12.   Tell us whether you or the underwriters have any arrangements with a third party to host or access your preliminary prospectus on the Internet. If so, identify the party and the website, describe the material terms of your agreement and provide us with any written agreement. Provide us also with copies of all information concerning your company or prospectus that appeared on their website. If you subsequently enter into any such agreements, promptly supplement your response.

        The Company advises the staff that the response to Comment 12 has been provided by the underwriters.

        Friedman Billings Ramsey and RBC Capital Markets have informed the Company that they expect to engage RetailRoadshow, an affiliate of NetRoadshow, Inc., to make a pre-recorded version of an electronic road show available to investors on the Internet. The Internet address of RetailRoadshow is http://www.retailroadshow.com. The road show available on RetailRoadshow will be a bona fide electronic road show as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act. The Company intends to satisfy its obligation under Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) to make the bona fide electronic road show readily available without restriction electronically to any potential investor through the RetailRoadshow website in lieu of filing the road show materials with the Commission. The electronic road show will be hosted on the RetailRoadshow website and will include a pre-recorded road show presentation by one or more officers of the Company, an electronic copy of the preliminary prospectus and road show slides. The slides are part of the road show and are consequently not deemed to be written for purposes of

5



Rule 433. The electronic road show will be substantially similar to the existing road shows available on www.retailroadshow.com. As noted above, an electronic version of the preliminary prospectus, identical to the copy filed with the Commission and distributed to live attendees, will be made available on the website. Investors will not be able to download, copy or print any portion of the road show transmission other than the preliminary prospectus. The bona fide electronic road show that will be available on RetailRoadshow's website will be an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433. Therefore, a viewing screen that includes the legend required by Rule 433(c)(2) will appear in advance of each replay of the road show presentation. The Company is providing supplementally to the staff a form of agreement to be entered into among NetRoadshow, Friedman Billings Ramsey and/or RBC Capital Markets relating to hosting the electronic road show as Annex A hereto.

        As noted in the response to Comment 11, Pacific Crest Securities may use the i-Deal Prospectus Delivery System to allow institutional clients to access an electronic copy of the preliminary prospectus. Pacific Crest Securities has not determined whether it will enter into a written agreement with i-Deal in connection with the i-Deal Prospectus Delivery System, but if it does so it will execute i-Deal's standard form agreement for the Prospectus Delivery System. The Company is providing supplementally to the staff a copy of i-Deal's standard form agreement for the Prospectus Delivery System as Annex B hereto.

        13.   We note your disclosure in the penultimate paragraph on page 99 that, at your request, the underwriters have reserved shares for sale shares for officers, directors, employees, and other individuals who are family or personal relationships with your employees. Please confirm to us, if true, that:

        RBC Dain Rauscher Inc., an affiliate of RBC Capital Markets, will handle offers and sales under the directed share program on behalf of the Company.

        The Company has been informed by RBC Capital Markets that brokerage commissions will not be charged to directed share participants on the purchase of shares in the offering because the sales cost is otherwise built into the underwriters' selling concession and that sales are otherwise on the same terms as those offered to the general public. The Company also confirms and has been advised by RBC Capital Markets that no offers were made pursuant to the directed share program prior to the filing of the Registration Statement and that all offers will be made pursuant to a preliminary prospectus prepared and filed with the Commission in conformity with the Securities Act and that each potential directed share participant will receive the materials described in the response to Comment 14. The Company has also been informed by RBC Capital Markets that no funds will be committed or paid pursuant to the directed share program prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

        14.   Please provide us a copy of the materials that you sent to the directed share program participants and explain to us in more detail how the program will work.

        The Company advises the staff that the response to Comment 14 has been provided by the underwriters.

        The Company has been informed by RBC Capital Markets that RBC Dain Rauscher will use the following procedures in connection with the directed share program. The Company will provide the names and addresses of the potential recipients to RBC Dain Rauscher. Once the preliminary prospectuses have been printed, RBC Dain Rauscher will send a package containing the directed share

6



program materials (the forms of which are provided supplementally to the staff as Annex C hereto) together with a copy of the preliminary prospectus to prospective participants. The directed share program materials will include a participation instructions cover letter, an indication of interest form, an RBC Dain Rauscher New Account Form, an RBC Dain Rauscher Account Agreement and a Form W-8 or W-9. The indication of interest form requests participants to indicate the number of shares, if any, that they wish to purchase. In accordance with Rule 134(d) under the Securities Act, the participation instructions state that no offer to buy the common stock can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the Registration Statement has become effective and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time prior to notice of its acceptance given after the effective date; and further that that an indication of interest will involve no obligation or commitment of any kind. In addition, to comply with Rule 134(b)(1), these materials contain a statement that no sales of the shares can occur, and that no offers to purchase the shares may be accepted, until the Registration Statement for the shares is declared effective. Participants are also required to complete questions in the indication of interest form to ensure compliance with the NASD's requirements under Conduct Rule 2790. Although an account form is also included in the package sent to potential participants, the instructions specifically emphasize that the potential purchasers should not send payment with the paperwork and that funds are due on the settlement date, which occurs three trading days after the trade date. Therefore, no funds are put in newly established brokerage accounts before the effective date of the offering. Interested individuals are requested to send the completed forms back to RBC Dain Rauscher by a predetermined cutoff date, generally three business days prior to the expected offering date.

        After RBC Dain Rauscher confirms that each potential participant has received all material investment information, the Registration Statement has been declared effective and the price of the shares has been determined, potential participants are contacted to confirm their interest in purchasing the shares they have previously indicated an interest in purchasing or have otherwise been allocated. The individual will be given the opportunity to purchase any portion of the shares allocated by the Company or to withdraw any outstanding indication of interest. If an individual decides to purchase shares, RBC Capital Markets intends to satisfy its prospectus delivery obligations by delivering a written confirmation and a hard copy of the final prospectus to the investor or relying on the "access equals delivery" provisions of Rule 172.

        The directed share program is part of the underwritten offering. Except for the selection of the recipients, the use of materials that specifically relate to the directed share program and the process described above, the procedures for the directed share program are substantially the same as the procedures that the underwriters will use to offer securities to the general public.

        15.   Please revise to clarify whether the shares issued through the directed share program will be subject to lock-up agreements and, if so, briefly describe the lock-up agreements.

        Potential directed share participants are not subject to a lock-up agreement by virtue of their potential participation in the directed share program. However, any directors, officers or employees who will otherwise be required to execute a lock-up agreement as described on page 93 of Amendment No. 2 will be subject to such lock-up agreement with respect to any shares purchased through the directed share program.

Financial Statements

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition, page F-9

        16.   We have reviewed your response to our prior comments 49 and 50. Please expand your critical accounting policies and your revenue recognition policy to include disclosure of your evaluation of other

7


indicators that support a gross presentation similar to the discussion included in your supplemental response to us.

        The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the staff's comment. Please see the revised disclosure on pages 42-43 and F-9-10 of Amendment No. 2.

Note 9—Debt

Note Payable, page F-16

        17.   Based on your response we note that you accounted for the put warrants as a liability under EITF 00-19 and continue to classify these amounts as liabilities under SFAS 150. Since you do not appear to qualify for equity treatment, we are unclear why you are amortizing the changes in the redemption value to the earliest redemption date by analogy to D-98. Furthermore, since the amount to be paid at settlement appears to vary based on certain earnings calculations, advise us why you are recording the redemption amount at present value. Tell us how your accounting treatment complies with paragraphs A10 and 20-24 of SFAS 150.

        The Company acknowledges the staff's comment and as described below has revised the disclosure to respond to such comment. The Company hereby supplementally advises the staff of the following information regarding the put warrants and the underlying shares of common stock:

        The Company issued fully vested warrants to a lender in May 2003 to purchase 517,094 shares of the Company's common stock for an aggregate exercise price of $10.00. These warrants were exercised in August 2004 and converted into 517,094 shares of common stock. Prior to the conversion date in August 2004, the Company accounted for these put warrants at fair value in accordance with SFAS 150, paragraph 23. The fair value was determined in each reporting period at the highest amount of cash that would be paid under the conditions specified in the contract (defined as the gross redemption liability) as if settlement occurred at the reporting date, discounted to present value from the date the warrants first become redeemable, May 16, 2008 (defined as the redemption liability). Although this method was primarily an intrinsic value/discounted cash flow method and disregarded the volatility component to time value in the warrant due to the amount the option was in-the-money, we believed the volatility component to be immaterial. The change in the redemption liability between periods was recorded as interest expense in the applicable statement of operations in accordance with SFAS 150.

        Subsequent to the conversion date of these warrants in August 2004, the Company continued to account for the now converted redeemable common stock on a consistent basis. As a result, the Company did not separately record the redeemable common stock as temporary equity in accordance with EITF D-98 as the Company felt that it had adequately disclosed this information in the footnotes to the consolidated financial statement.

        After reviewing the staff's comment and further analyzing the accounting literature, the Company agrees with the staff's position that Rule 5-02.28 of Regulation S-X requires securities with redemption features that are not solely within the control of the issuer to be classified outside of permanent equity. Although the security in question is now redeemable common stock, the shares are not within the scope of SFAS 150 because there is no unconditional obligation to redeem the shares by transferring assets at a specified or determinable date or upon an event certain to occur. As a result, EITF D-98 is the operative literature related to these shares.

        In accordance with EITF D-98, the Company has been accreting changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date of the security using the interest method. However, SAB 64 indicates that increases in the carrying amount of the redeemable security are effected by charges against retained earnings. The Company has been following the measurement process as prescribed by EITF D-98, but has recorded the increase in the redemption value as an increase (debit) to interest expense, not retained earnings. This amount in fiscal 2004,

8



which encompasses the one month period subsequent to the August 2004 conversion, is clearly immaterial (approximately $12,000) and has not been adjusted. This amount in fiscal year 2005 is approximately $150,000. However, the Company has concluded that restating the statement of operations and statement of changes in stockholders' equity is not necessary for the following reasons:

Part II

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules, page 5

Legal Opinion

        18.   Please revise the opinion to remove the assumption in (a)(i) in the third paragraph on page 3.

        The staff's comment is acknowledged. However, the draft opinion was prepared and provided, and the assumption under (a)(i) was included, assuming that the Company would take advantage of the provisions of Rule 430A. Specifically, the Company intends to request effectiveness of the registration statement prior to the time the final terms of the offering have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or a Pricing Committee thereof. Accordingly, if the opinion is to be rendered and filed with the Commission as an exhibit to a pre-effective amendment to the registration statement prior to the time the registration statement is declared effective and therefore prior to the time of final Board action, then such final Board action must be assumed and the opinion should reflect such assumption to be complete. As a result, it is respectfully submitted that a requirement to file an opinion without the assumption included under (a)(i) prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement would in effect render unavailable certain of the provisions of Rule 430A (i.e., those provisions allowing registrants to have registration statements declared effective prior to the time final pricing terms are agreed upon and reflected in the form of prospectus).

        Alternatively, if acceptable to the staff, legal counsel to the Company would provide prior to the time of the effectiveness of the registration statement an opinion that includes the assumption under (a)(i) and the Company would undertake to have filed (via Form 8-K) an opinion without the assumption under (a)(i) after effectiveness of the registration statement but prior to the closing of the offering. The staff has determined this practice to be acceptable in the context of continuous or delayed offerings made pursuant to Rule 415.

*          *          *          *           *

9


        If you have any questions or would like further information concerning the Company's responses to the Comment Letter or Amendment No. 2, please call the undersigned at (202) 637-5945 or Eun Ah Choi at (202) 637-3622. Thank you for your assistance.

    Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Joseph E. Gilligan

 

 

Joseph E. Gilligan
cc:
William P. Angrick, III
James M. Rallo
James E. Williams

Attachments

10